Sema.h revision 379b28183a7dcb715c3f3eb2da4b0157d6d8ffbe
1//===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and 11// builds ASTs. 12// 13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 14 15#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 16#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 17 18#include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h" 19#include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h" 20#include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h" 21#include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h" 22#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 23#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h" 24#include "clang/Sema/LocInfoType.h" 25#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h" 26#include "clang/Sema/Weak.h" 27#include "clang/AST/Expr.h" 28#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" 29#include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" 30#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" 31#include "clang/AST/LambdaMangleContext.h" 32#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 33#include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h" 34#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" 35#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" 36#include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h" 37#include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h" 38#include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h" 39#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" 40#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h" 41#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h" 42#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" 43#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h" 44#include <deque> 45#include <string> 46 47namespace llvm { 48 class APSInt; 49 template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo; 50 template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet; 51 class SmallBitVector; 52} 53 54namespace clang { 55 class ADLResult; 56 class ASTConsumer; 57 class ASTContext; 58 class ASTMutationListener; 59 class ASTReader; 60 class ASTWriter; 61 class ArrayType; 62 class AttributeList; 63 class BlockDecl; 64 class CXXBasePath; 65 class CXXBasePaths; 66 class CXXBindTemporaryExpr; 67 typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath; 68 class CXXConstructorDecl; 69 class CXXConversionDecl; 70 class CXXDestructorDecl; 71 class CXXFieldCollector; 72 class CXXMemberCallExpr; 73 class CXXMethodDecl; 74 class CXXScopeSpec; 75 class CXXTemporary; 76 class CXXTryStmt; 77 class CallExpr; 78 class ClassTemplateDecl; 79 class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl; 80 class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl; 81 class CodeCompleteConsumer; 82 class CodeCompletionAllocator; 83 class CodeCompletionTUInfo; 84 class CodeCompletionResult; 85 class Decl; 86 class DeclAccessPair; 87 class DeclContext; 88 class DeclRefExpr; 89 class DeclaratorDecl; 90 class DeducedTemplateArgument; 91 class DependentDiagnostic; 92 class DesignatedInitExpr; 93 class Designation; 94 class EnumConstantDecl; 95 class Expr; 96 class ExtVectorType; 97 class ExternalSemaSource; 98 class FormatAttr; 99 class FriendDecl; 100 class FunctionDecl; 101 class FunctionProtoType; 102 class FunctionTemplateDecl; 103 class ImplicitConversionSequence; 104 class InitListExpr; 105 class InitializationKind; 106 class InitializationSequence; 107 class InitializedEntity; 108 class IntegerLiteral; 109 class LabelStmt; 110 class LambdaExpr; 111 class LangOptions; 112 class LocalInstantiationScope; 113 class LookupResult; 114 class MacroInfo; 115 class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList; 116 class NamedDecl; 117 class NonNullAttr; 118 class ObjCCategoryDecl; 119 class ObjCCategoryImplDecl; 120 class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl; 121 class ObjCContainerDecl; 122 class ObjCImplDecl; 123 class ObjCImplementationDecl; 124 class ObjCInterfaceDecl; 125 class ObjCIvarDecl; 126 template <class T> class ObjCList; 127 class ObjCMessageExpr; 128 class ObjCMethodDecl; 129 class ObjCPropertyDecl; 130 class ObjCProtocolDecl; 131 class OverloadCandidateSet; 132 class OverloadExpr; 133 class ParenListExpr; 134 class ParmVarDecl; 135 class Preprocessor; 136 class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage; 137 class PseudoObjectExpr; 138 class QualType; 139 class StandardConversionSequence; 140 class Stmt; 141 class StringLiteral; 142 class SwitchStmt; 143 class TargetAttributesSema; 144 class TemplateArgument; 145 class TemplateArgumentList; 146 class TemplateArgumentLoc; 147 class TemplateDecl; 148 class TemplateParameterList; 149 class TemplatePartialOrderingContext; 150 class TemplateTemplateParmDecl; 151 class Token; 152 class TypeAliasDecl; 153 class TypedefDecl; 154 class TypedefNameDecl; 155 class TypeLoc; 156 class UnqualifiedId; 157 class UnresolvedLookupExpr; 158 class UnresolvedMemberExpr; 159 class UnresolvedSetImpl; 160 class UnresolvedSetIterator; 161 class UsingDecl; 162 class UsingShadowDecl; 163 class ValueDecl; 164 class VarDecl; 165 class VisibilityAttr; 166 class VisibleDeclConsumer; 167 class IndirectFieldDecl; 168 169namespace sema { 170 class AccessedEntity; 171 class BlockScopeInfo; 172 class CapturingScopeInfo; 173 class CompoundScopeInfo; 174 class DelayedDiagnostic; 175 class DelayedDiagnosticPool; 176 class FunctionScopeInfo; 177 class LambdaScopeInfo; 178 class PossiblyUnreachableDiag; 179 class TemplateDeductionInfo; 180} 181 182// FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to 183// TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion. 184typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>, 185 SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack; 186 187/// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C. 188class Sema { 189 Sema(const Sema&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 190 void operator=(const Sema&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 191 mutable const TargetAttributesSema* TheTargetAttributesSema; 192public: 193 typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy; 194 typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy; 195 typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy; 196 197 OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures; 198 FPOptions FPFeatures; 199 200 const LangOptions &LangOpts; 201 Preprocessor &PP; 202 ASTContext &Context; 203 ASTConsumer &Consumer; 204 DiagnosticsEngine &Diags; 205 SourceManager &SourceMgr; 206 207 /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics. 208 bool CollectStats; 209 210 /// \brief Source of additional semantic information. 211 ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource; 212 213 /// \brief Code-completion consumer. 214 CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter; 215 216 /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing. 217 DeclContext *CurContext; 218 219 /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts, 220 /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext. 221 DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext; 222 223 /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag. 224 /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results. 225 DeclarationName VAListTagName; 226 227 /// PackContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma pack. An alignment 228 /// of 0 indicates default alignment. 229 void *PackContext; // Really a "PragmaPackStack*" 230 231 bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on 232 233 /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility. 234 void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*" 235 236 /// ExprNeedsCleanups - True if the current evaluation context 237 /// requires cleanups to be run at its conclusion. 238 bool ExprNeedsCleanups; 239 240 /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring 241 /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression. The 242 /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object. 243 SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects; 244 245 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 8> MaybeODRUseExprs; 246 247 /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested 248 /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active. 249 /// 250 /// This array is never empty. Clients should ignore the first 251 /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo 252 /// that's used to parse every top-level function. 253 SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes; 254 255 typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 256 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2> 257 ExtVectorDeclsType; 258 259 /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows 260 /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names. 261 /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics. 262 ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls; 263 264 /// \brief The set of types for which we have already complained about the 265 /// definitions being hidden. 266 /// 267 /// This set is used to suppress redundant diagnostics. 268 llvm::SmallPtrSet<NamedDecl *, 4> HiddenDefinitions; 269 270 /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes. 271 OwningPtr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector; 272 273 typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<const NamedDecl*, 16> NamedDeclSetType; 274 275 /// \brief Set containing all declared private fields that are not used. 276 NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields; 277 278 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy; 279 280 /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have 281 /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the 282 /// same list more than once. 283 OwningPtr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet; 284 285 /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which 286 /// we are currently parsing the initializer. 287 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars; 288 289 /// \brief A mapping from external names to the most recent 290 /// locally-scoped external declaration with that name. 291 /// 292 /// This map contains external declarations introduced in local 293 /// scoped, e.g., 294 /// 295 /// \code 296 /// void f() { 297 /// void foo(int, int); 298 /// } 299 /// \endcode 300 /// 301 /// Here, the name "foo" will be associated with the declaration on 302 /// "foo" within f. This name is not visible outside of 303 /// "f". However, we still find it in two cases: 304 /// 305 /// - If we are declaring another external with the name "foo", we 306 /// can find "foo" as a previous declaration, so that the types 307 /// of this external declaration can be checked for 308 /// compatibility. 309 /// 310 /// - If we would implicitly declare "foo" (e.g., due to a call to 311 /// "foo" in C when no prototype or definition is visible), then 312 /// we find this declaration of "foo" and complain that it is 313 /// not visible. 314 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *> LocallyScopedExternalDecls; 315 316 /// \brief Look for a locally scoped external declaration by the given name. 317 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator 318 findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(DeclarationName Name); 319 320 typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 321 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2> 322 TentativeDefinitionsType; 323 324 /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU. 325 TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions; 326 327 typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 328 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2> 329 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType; 330 331 /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used 332 /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration. 333 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls; 334 335 typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 336 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2> 337 DelegatingCtorDeclsType; 338 339 /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for 340 /// cycle detection at the end of the TU. 341 DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls; 342 343 /// \brief All the destructors seen during a class definition that had their 344 /// exception spec computation delayed because it depended on an unparsed 345 /// exception spec. 346 SmallVector<CXXDestructorDecl*, 2> DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecs; 347 348 /// \brief All the overriding destructors seen during a class definition 349 /// (there could be multiple due to nested classes) that had their exception 350 /// spec checks delayed, plus the overridden destructor. 351 SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXDestructorDecl*, 352 const CXXDestructorDecl*>, 2> 353 DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks; 354 355 /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed. 356 typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, const FunctionDecl *FD); 357 LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser; 358 void *OpaqueParser; 359 360 void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP, void *P) { 361 LateTemplateParser = LTP; 362 OpaqueParser = P; 363 } 364 365 class DelayedDiagnostics; 366 367 class DelayedDiagnosticsState { 368 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool; 369 friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics; 370 }; 371 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState; 372 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState; 373 374 /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics 375 /// during parsing and other processing. 376 class DelayedDiagnostics { 377 /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed 378 /// diagnostics should go. 379 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool; 380 381 public: 382 DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(0) {} 383 384 /// Adds a delayed diagnostic. 385 void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h 386 387 /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed. 388 bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != 0; } 389 390 /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool. 391 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const { 392 return CurPool; 393 } 394 395 /// Enter a new scope. Access and deprecation diagnostics will be 396 /// collected in this pool. 397 DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 398 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 399 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 400 CurPool = &pool; 401 return state; 402 } 403 404 /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed. 405 /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics. This is performed as part 406 /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly". 407 void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 408 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 409 } 410 411 /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are 412 /// not delayed. 413 DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() { 414 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 415 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 416 CurPool = 0; 417 return state; 418 } 419 420 /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed(). 421 void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 422 assert(CurPool == NULL); 423 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 424 } 425 } DelayedDiagnostics; 426 427 /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context. 428 class ContextRAII { 429 private: 430 Sema &S; 431 DeclContext *SavedContext; 432 ProcessingContextState SavedContextState; 433 QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 434 435 public: 436 ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush) 437 : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext), 438 SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()), 439 SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride) 440 { 441 assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context"); 442 S.CurContext = ContextToPush; 443 } 444 445 void pop() { 446 if (!SavedContext) return; 447 S.CurContext = SavedContext; 448 S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState); 449 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 450 SavedContext = 0; 451 } 452 453 ~ContextRAII() { 454 pop(); 455 } 456 }; 457 458 /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 459 /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another 460 /// identifier, declared or undeclared 461 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers; 462 463 /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 464 /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared. Used in Solaris system headers 465 /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version 466 /// in the currently selected standard. 467 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers; 468 469 470 /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source. 471 void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers(); 472 473 /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by 474 /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls. 475 /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so 476 /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack. 477 /// It would be best to refactor this. 478 SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl; 479 480 IdentifierResolver IdResolver; 481 482 /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need 483 /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace. 484 /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc. 485 Scope *TUScope; 486 487 /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides. 488 LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace; 489 490 /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++ 491 /// standard library. 492 LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc; 493 494 /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in 495 /// \<initializer_list>. 496 ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList; 497 498 /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>. 499 RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl; 500 501 /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files. 502 RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl; 503 504 /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs. 505 llvm::OwningPtr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj; 506 507 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class. 508 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl; 509 510 /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *). 511 QualType NSNumberPointer; 512 513 /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals. 514 ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods]; 515 516 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class. 517 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl; 518 519 /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *). 520 QualType NSStringPointer; 521 522 /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method. 523 ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod; 524 525 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class. 526 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl; 527 528 /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method. 529 ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod; 530 531 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class. 532 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl; 533 534 /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method. 535 ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod; 536 537 /// \brief id<NSCopying> type. 538 QualType QIDNSCopying; 539 540 /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete 541 /// have been declared. 542 bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared; 543 544 /// A flag that is set when parsing a -dealloc method and no [super dealloc] 545 /// call was found yet. 546 bool ObjCShouldCallSuperDealloc; 547 /// A flag that is set when parsing a -finalize method and no [super finalize] 548 /// call was found yet. 549 bool ObjCShouldCallSuperFinalize; 550 551 /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are 552 /// evaluated at run-time, if at all. 553 enum ExpressionEvaluationContext { 554 /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an 555 /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of 556 /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but 557 /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at 558 /// run time. 559 Unevaluated, 560 561 /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms, 562 /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of 563 /// cases in a switch statment). 564 ConstantEvaluated, 565 566 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time, 567 /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the 568 /// expression at run time. 569 PotentiallyEvaluated, 570 571 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any 572 /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if 573 /// in fact the current expression is used. 574 /// 575 /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which 576 /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments 577 /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced" 578 /// until the default argument is used. 579 PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed 580 }; 581 582 /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested 583 /// expression evaluation contexts. 584 struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord { 585 /// \brief The expression evaluation context. 586 ExpressionEvaluationContext Context; 587 588 /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup. 589 bool ParentNeedsCleanups; 590 591 /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression. 592 bool IsDecltype; 593 594 /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered 595 /// this expression evaluation context. 596 unsigned NumCleanupObjects; 597 598 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 8> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs; 599 600 /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it 601 /// is indeed an unevaluated context. 602 llvm::SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas; 603 604 /// \brief The declaration that provides context for the lambda expression 605 /// if the normal declaration context does not suffice, e.g., in a 606 /// default function argument. 607 Decl *LambdaContextDecl; 608 609 /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions 610 /// within this context. 611 /// 612 /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts 613 /// do not have lambda expressions. 614 LambdaMangleContext *LambdaMangle; 615 616 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions 617 /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type. 618 llvm::SmallVector<CallExpr*, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls; 619 620 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding 621 /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor. 622 llvm::SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr*, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds; 623 624 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context, 625 unsigned NumCleanupObjects, 626 bool ParentNeedsCleanups, 627 Decl *LambdaContextDecl, 628 bool IsDecltype) 629 : Context(Context), ParentNeedsCleanups(ParentNeedsCleanups), 630 IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects), 631 LambdaContextDecl(LambdaContextDecl), LambdaMangle() { } 632 633 ~ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord() { 634 delete LambdaMangle; 635 } 636 637 /// \brief Retrieve the mangling context for lambdas. 638 LambdaMangleContext &getLambdaMangleContext() { 639 assert(LambdaContextDecl && "Need to have a lambda context declaration"); 640 if (!LambdaMangle) 641 LambdaMangle = new LambdaMangleContext; 642 return *LambdaMangle; 643 } 644 }; 645 646 /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts. 647 SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts; 648 649 /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member 650 /// function. 651 /// 652 /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the 653 /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded. 654 class SpecialMemberOverloadResult : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode { 655 public: 656 enum Kind { 657 NoMemberOrDeleted, 658 Ambiguous, 659 Success 660 }; 661 662 private: 663 llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair; 664 665 public: 666 SpecialMemberOverloadResult(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) 667 : FastFoldingSetNode(ID) 668 {} 669 670 CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); } 671 void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); } 672 673 Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); } 674 void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); } 675 }; 676 677 /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results 678 /// for C++ records. 679 llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResult> SpecialMemberCache; 680 681 /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing. 682 /// 683 /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform 684 /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating 685 /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has 686 /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of 687 /// checks. 688 TranslationUnitKind TUKind; 689 690 llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc; 691 692 /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped. 693 unsigned NumSFINAEErrors; 694 695 typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 1> > 696 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap; 697 698 /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the 699 /// set of instantiations of each parameter. 700 /// 701 /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing 702 /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates, 703 /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the 704 /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed. 705 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations; 706 707 // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default 708 // argument locations. 709 llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *,SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs; 710 711 /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects with 712 /// internal linkage in this translation unit. 713 llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl*, SourceLocation> UndefinedInternals; 714 715 typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods; 716 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool; 717 718 /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id". 719 /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures 720 /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1% 721 /// of selectors are "overloaded"). 722 GlobalMethodPool MethodPool; 723 724 /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation 725 /// of -Wselector. 726 llvm::DenseMap<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors; 727 728 void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel); 729 730 /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'. 731 bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr); 732 733 /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be 734 /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and 735 /// should not be used elsewhere. 736 void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID); 737 738public: 739 Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer, 740 TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete, 741 CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = 0); 742 ~Sema(); 743 744 /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been 745 /// initialized but before it parses anything. 746 void Initialize(); 747 748 const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; } 749 OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; } 750 FPOptions &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; } 751 752 DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; } 753 SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; } 754 const TargetAttributesSema &getTargetAttributesSema() const; 755 Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; } 756 ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; } 757 ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; } 758 ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const; 759 760 void PrintStats() const; 761 762 /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional 763 /// template instantiation stacks. 764 /// 765 /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder 766 /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is 767 /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder 768 /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template 769 /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as 770 /// well. 771 class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder { 772 Sema &SemaRef; 773 unsigned DiagID; 774 775 public: 776 SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID) 777 : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { } 778 779 ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() { 780 // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do. 781 if (!isActive()) return; 782 783 // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying 784 // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it 785 // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor. 786 // 787 // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will 788 // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be 789 // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder 790 // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to 791 // eliminate that code. 792 FlushCounts(); 793 Clear(); 794 795 // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic. 796 SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID); 797 } 798 }; 799 800 /// \brief Emit a diagnostic. 801 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) { 802 DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID); 803 return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID); 804 } 805 806 /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic. 807 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD); 808 809 /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic. 810 PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h 811 812 bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name); 813 814 /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type. 815 std::string getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T) const; 816 std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T) const; 817 818 ExprResult Owned(Expr* E) { return E; } 819 ExprResult Owned(ExprResult R) { return R; } 820 StmtResult Owned(Stmt* S) { return S; } 821 822 void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit(); 823 824 void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles(); 825 826 Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx); 827 828 void PushFunctionScope(); 829 void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block); 830 void PushLambdaScope(CXXRecordDecl *Lambda, CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator); 831 void PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP =0, 832 const Decl *D = 0, const BlockExpr *blkExpr = 0); 833 834 sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const { 835 return FunctionScopes.back(); 836 } 837 838 void PushCompoundScope(); 839 void PopCompoundScope(); 840 841 sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const; 842 843 bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const; 844 845 /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any. 846 sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock(); 847 848 /// \brief Retrieve the current lambda expression, if any. 849 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurLambda(); 850 851 /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls 852 SmallVector<Decl*,2> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; } 853 854 void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment); 855 856 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 857 // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp. 858 // 859 860 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs); 861 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVR) { 862 return BuildQualifiedType(T, Loc, Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(CVR)); 863 } 864 QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T, 865 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 866 QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef, 867 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 868 QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 869 Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals, 870 SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity); 871 QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize, 872 SourceLocation AttrLoc); 873 QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T, 874 QualType *ParamTypes, unsigned NumParamTypes, 875 bool Variadic, bool HasTrailingReturn, 876 unsigned Quals, RefQualifierKind RefQualifier, 877 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity, 878 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info); 879 QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class, 880 SourceLocation Loc, 881 DeclarationName Entity); 882 QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T, 883 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 884 QualType BuildParenType(QualType T); 885 QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 886 887 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S); 888 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy); 889 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T, 890 TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo); 891 892 /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType. 893 ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 894 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D); 895 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name); 896 static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty, TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = 0); 897 CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E); 898 const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, 899 const FunctionProtoType *FPT); 900 bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType T, const SourceRange &Range); 901 bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T); 902 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New); 903 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 904 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 905 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc); 906 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 907 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 908 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 909 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc, 910 bool *MissingExceptionSpecification = 0, 911 bool *MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification = 0, 912 bool AllowNoexceptAllMatchWithNoSpec = false, 913 bool IsOperatorNew = false); 914 bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset( 915 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 916 const FunctionProtoType *Superset, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 917 const FunctionProtoType *Subset, SourceLocation SubLoc); 918 bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 919 const FunctionProtoType *Target, SourceLocation TargetLoc, 920 const FunctionProtoType *Source, SourceLocation SourceLoc); 921 922 TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 923 924 /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype' 925 /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type. 926 ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc); 927 928 /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types. 929 struct TypeDiagnoser { 930 bool Suppressed; 931 932 TypeDiagnoser(bool Suppressed = false) : Suppressed(Suppressed) { } 933 934 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 935 virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {} 936 }; 937 938 static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; } 939 static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; } 940 static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; } 941 static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; } 942 static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; } 943 static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; } 944 static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) { 945 return II; 946 } 947 static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; } 948 static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; } 949 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; } 950 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; } 951 static SourceRange getPrintable(Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); } 952 static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();} 953 954 template<typename T1> 955 class BoundTypeDiagnoser1 : public TypeDiagnoser { 956 unsigned DiagID; 957 const T1 &Arg1; 958 959 public: 960 BoundTypeDiagnoser1(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) 961 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1) { } 962 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 963 if (Suppressed) return; 964 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << T; 965 } 966 967 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser1() { } 968 }; 969 970 template<typename T1, typename T2> 971 class BoundTypeDiagnoser2 : public TypeDiagnoser { 972 unsigned DiagID; 973 const T1 &Arg1; 974 const T2 &Arg2; 975 976 public: 977 BoundTypeDiagnoser2(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 978 const T2 &Arg2) 979 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 980 Arg2(Arg2) { } 981 982 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 983 if (Suppressed) return; 984 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << T; 985 } 986 987 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser2() { } 988 }; 989 990 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 991 class BoundTypeDiagnoser3 : public TypeDiagnoser { 992 unsigned DiagID; 993 const T1 &Arg1; 994 const T2 &Arg2; 995 const T3 &Arg3; 996 997 public: 998 BoundTypeDiagnoser3(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 999 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) 1000 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 1001 Arg2(Arg2), Arg3(Arg3) { } 1002 1003 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1004 if (Suppressed) return; 1005 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) 1006 << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << getPrintable(Arg3) << T; 1007 } 1008 1009 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser3() { } 1010 }; 1011 1012 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1013 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1014 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1015 unsigned DiagID); 1016 1017 template<typename T1> 1018 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1019 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1020 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1021 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1022 } 1023 1024 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1025 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1026 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1027 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1028 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1029 } 1030 1031 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1032 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1033 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1034 const T3 &Arg3) { 1035 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1036 Arg3); 1037 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1038 } 1039 1040 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1041 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID); 1042 1043 template<typename T1> 1044 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1045 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1046 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1047 } 1048 1049 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1050 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1051 const T2 &Arg2) { 1052 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1053 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1054 } 1055 1056 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1057 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1058 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 1059 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1060 Arg3); 1061 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1062 } 1063 1064 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1065 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1066 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID); 1067 1068 template<typename T1> 1069 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1070 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1071 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1072 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1073 } 1074 1075 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1076 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1077 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1078 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1079 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1080 } 1081 1082 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1083 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1084 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1085 const T3 &Arg3) { 1086 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1087 Arg3); 1088 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1089 } 1090 1091 QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 1092 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T); 1093 1094 QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1095 QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1096 QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, 1097 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind, 1098 SourceLocation Loc); 1099 1100 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1101 // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp. 1102 // 1103 1104 /// List of decls defined in a function prototype. This contains EnumConstants 1105 /// that incorrectly end up in translation unit scope because there is no 1106 /// function to pin them on. ActOnFunctionDeclarator reads this list and patches 1107 /// them into the FunctionDecl. 1108 std::vector<NamedDecl*> DeclsInPrototypeScope; 1109 /// Nonzero if we are currently parsing a function declarator. This is a counter 1110 /// as opposed to a boolean so we can deal with nested function declarators 1111 /// such as: 1112 /// void f(void (*g)(), ...) 1113 unsigned InFunctionDeclarator; 1114 1115 DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = 0); 1116 1117 void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors(); 1118 1119 bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const; 1120 1121 ParsedType getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1122 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0, 1123 bool isClassName = false, 1124 bool HasTrailingDot = false, 1125 ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType(), 1126 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false, 1127 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false, 1128 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = 0); 1129 TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S); 1130 bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S); 1131 bool DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 1132 SourceLocation IILoc, 1133 Scope *S, 1134 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 1135 ParsedType &SuggestedType); 1136 1137 /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed 1138 /// by \c ClassifyName(). 1139 enum NameClassificationKind { 1140 NC_Unknown, 1141 NC_Error, 1142 NC_Keyword, 1143 NC_Type, 1144 NC_Expression, 1145 NC_NestedNameSpecifier, 1146 NC_TypeTemplate, 1147 NC_FunctionTemplate 1148 }; 1149 1150 class NameClassification { 1151 NameClassificationKind Kind; 1152 ExprResult Expr; 1153 TemplateName Template; 1154 ParsedType Type; 1155 const IdentifierInfo *Keyword; 1156 1157 explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {} 1158 1159 public: 1160 NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {} 1161 1162 NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {} 1163 1164 NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword) 1165 : Kind(NC_Keyword), Keyword(Keyword) { } 1166 1167 static NameClassification Error() { 1168 return NameClassification(NC_Error); 1169 } 1170 1171 static NameClassification Unknown() { 1172 return NameClassification(NC_Unknown); 1173 } 1174 1175 static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() { 1176 return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier); 1177 } 1178 1179 static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1180 NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate); 1181 Result.Template = Name; 1182 return Result; 1183 } 1184 1185 static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1186 NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate); 1187 Result.Template = Name; 1188 return Result; 1189 } 1190 1191 NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; } 1192 1193 ParsedType getType() const { 1194 assert(Kind == NC_Type); 1195 return Type; 1196 } 1197 1198 ExprResult getExpression() const { 1199 assert(Kind == NC_Expression); 1200 return Expr; 1201 } 1202 1203 TemplateName getTemplateName() const { 1204 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate); 1205 return Template; 1206 } 1207 1208 TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const { 1209 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate); 1210 return Kind == NC_TypeTemplate? TNK_Type_template : TNK_Function_template; 1211 } 1212}; 1213 1214 /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on 1215 /// the results of name lookup and the following token. 1216 /// 1217 /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct 1218 /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt 1219 /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name. 1220 /// 1221 /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup. 1222 /// 1223 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name. 1224 /// 1225 /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name, 1226 /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly. 1227 /// 1228 /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier. 1229 /// 1230 /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help 1231 /// disambiguate the name. 1232 NameClassification ClassifyName(Scope *S, 1233 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1234 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 1235 SourceLocation NameLoc, 1236 const Token &NextToken); 1237 1238 Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1239 1240 Decl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1241 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 1242 void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 1243 const LookupResult &Previous, 1244 Scope *S); 1245 bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info); 1246 bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 1247 DeclarationName Name, 1248 SourceLocation Loc); 1249 void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D); 1250 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R); 1251 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D); 1252 void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange); 1253 void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D); 1254 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1255 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1256 LookupResult &Previous); 1257 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D, 1258 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration); 1259 NamedDecl* ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1260 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1261 LookupResult &Previous, 1262 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists); 1263 // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration 1264 bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous); 1265 void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var); 1266 void ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator(); 1267 void ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator(); 1268 NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1269 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1270 LookupResult &Previous, 1271 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 1272 bool &AddToScope); 1273 bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1274 1275 bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD); 1276 bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body); 1277 1278 void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1279 // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration 1280 bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, 1281 FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous, 1282 bool IsExplicitSpecialization); 1283 void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D); 1284 Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1285 ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 1286 SourceLocation Loc, 1287 QualType T); 1288 ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 1289 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 1290 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 1291 StorageClass SC, StorageClass SCAsWritten); 1292 void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1293 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1294 Expr *defarg); 1295 void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1296 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1297 SourceLocation ArgLoc); 1298 void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param); 1299 bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg, 1300 SourceLocation EqualLoc); 1301 1302 void CheckSelfReference(Decl *OrigDecl, Expr *E); 1303 void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit, 1304 bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1305 void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl, bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1306 void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl); 1307 void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D); 1308 void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc); 1309 void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc); 1310 void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D); 1311 DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 1312 Decl **Group, 1313 unsigned NumDecls); 1314 DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, 1315 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 1316 1317 /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached 1318 /// documentation comments. 1319 void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D); 1320 void ActOnDocumentableDecls(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls); 1321 1322 void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1323 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls); 1324 void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD); 1325 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1326 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1327 void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodOrCFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D, 1328 bool parseMethod); 1329 bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) { 1330 return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); 1331 } 1332 1333 void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope); 1334 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body); 1335 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation); 1336 1337 /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an 1338 /// attribute for which parsing is delayed. 1339 void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs); 1340 1341 /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of 1342 /// ParmVarDecl pointers. 1343 void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1344 ParmVarDecl * const *End); 1345 1346 /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a 1347 /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a 1348 /// specified threshold. 1349 void DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1350 ParmVarDecl * const *End, 1351 QualType ReturnTy, 1352 NamedDecl *D); 1353 1354 void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body); 1355 Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 1356 SourceLocation AsmLoc, 1357 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 1358 1359 /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration. 1360 /// 1361 /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any. 1362 /// 1363 /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword. 1364 /// 1365 /// \param Path The module access path. 1366 DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc, 1367 ModuleIdPath Path); 1368 1369 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1370 PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const { 1371 return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP); 1372 } 1373 1374 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1375 static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx, 1376 const Preprocessor &PP); 1377 1378 /// Scope actions. 1379 void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S); 1380 void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S); 1381 1382 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1383 DeclSpec &DS); 1384 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1385 DeclSpec &DS, 1386 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 1387 1388 Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1389 AccessSpecifier AS, 1390 RecordDecl *Record); 1391 1392 Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1393 RecordDecl *Record); 1394 1395 bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 1396 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 1397 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 1398 const IdentifierInfo &Name); 1399 1400 enum TagUseKind { 1401 TUK_Reference, // Reference to a tag: 'struct foo *X;' 1402 TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag: 'struct foo;' 1403 TUK_Definition, // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;' 1404 TUK_Friend // Friend declaration: 'friend struct foo;' 1405 }; 1406 1407 Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 1408 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1409 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1410 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 1411 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 1412 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 1413 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 1414 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 1415 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType); 1416 1417 Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc, 1418 unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc, 1419 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1420 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1421 AttributeList *Attr, 1422 MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists); 1423 1424 TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S, 1425 unsigned TagSpec, 1426 TagUseKind TUK, 1427 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1428 IdentifierInfo *Name, 1429 SourceLocation TagLoc, 1430 SourceLocation NameLoc); 1431 1432 void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1433 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 1434 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls); 1435 Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1436 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth); 1437 1438 FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1439 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1440 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1441 AccessSpecifier AS); 1442 1443 FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 1444 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1445 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 1446 bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1447 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1448 SourceLocation TSSL, 1449 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 1450 Declarator *D = 0); 1451 1452 enum CXXSpecialMember { 1453 CXXDefaultConstructor, 1454 CXXCopyConstructor, 1455 CXXMoveConstructor, 1456 CXXCopyAssignment, 1457 CXXMoveAssignment, 1458 CXXDestructor, 1459 CXXInvalid 1460 }; 1461 bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD); 1462 void DiagnoseNontrivial(const RecordType* Record, CXXSpecialMember mem); 1463 CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1464 void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart, 1465 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls); 1466 Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1467 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1468 tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility); 1469 1470 // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations. 1471 void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl, 1472 llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, 1473 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 1474 AttributeList *AttrList); 1475 1476 /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the 1477 /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class, 1478 /// struct, or union). 1479 void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1480 1481 Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl); 1482 1483 /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a 1484 /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its 1485 /// member declarations. 1486 void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1487 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 1488 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 1489 1490 /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing 1491 /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union). 1492 void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1493 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 1494 1495 void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 1496 1497 /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container 1498 /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs. 1499 /// 1500 /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext 1501 void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1502 void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1503 1504 /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable 1505 /// error parsing the definition of a tag. 1506 void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1507 1508 EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 1509 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 1510 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1511 IdentifierInfo *Id, 1512 Expr *val); 1513 bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI); 1514 bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 1515 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, const EnumDecl *Prev); 1516 1517 Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant, 1518 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 1519 AttributeList *Attrs, 1520 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val); 1521 void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 1522 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDecl, 1523 Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements, 1524 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr); 1525 1526 DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC); 1527 1528 /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped. 1529 void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1530 void PopDeclContext(); 1531 1532 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1533 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1534 void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1535 void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S); 1536 1537 /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope. 1538 void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D); 1539 void ActOnExitFunctionContext(); 1540 1541 DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext(); 1542 1543 /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer 1544 /// to the function decl for the function being parsed. If we're currently 1545 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1546 FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl(); 1547 1548 /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to 1549 /// the method decl for the method being parsed. If we're currently 1550 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1551 ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl(); 1552 1553 /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method 1554 /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null. If we're currently 1555 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1556 NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl(); 1557 1558 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1559 void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true); 1560 1561 /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the 1562 /// top level scope. 1563 /// 1564 /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push. 1565 /// 1566 /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration. 1567 void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name); 1568 1569 /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true 1570 /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns 1571 /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context. 1572 /// 1573 /// \param ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization When true, we are checking 1574 /// whether the declaration is in scope for the purposes of explicit template 1575 /// instantiation or specialization. The default is false. 1576 bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = 0, 1577 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization = false); 1578 1579 /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it 1580 /// happens to be an enclosing scope. Otherwise return NULL. 1581 static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1582 1583 /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator(). 1584 TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 1585 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 1586 bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New); 1587 1588 /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added. 1589 AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1590 IdentifierInfo *Platform, 1591 VersionTuple Introduced, 1592 VersionTuple Deprecated, 1593 VersionTuple Obsoleted, 1594 bool IsUnavailable, 1595 StringRef Message); 1596 VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1597 VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis); 1598 DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range); 1599 DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range); 1600 FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Format, 1601 int FormatIdx, int FirstArg); 1602 SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name); 1603 bool mergeDeclAttribute(Decl *New, InheritableAttr *Attr); 1604 1605 void mergeDeclAttributes(Decl *New, Decl *Old, bool MergeDeprecation = true); 1606 void MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls); 1607 bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *Old, Scope *S); 1608 bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 1609 Scope *S); 1610 void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old); 1611 void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls); 1612 void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); 1613 void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); 1614 bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S); 1615 1616 // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions 1617 // to represent what is actually causing the operation 1618 enum AssignmentAction { 1619 AA_Assigning, 1620 AA_Passing, 1621 AA_Returning, 1622 AA_Converting, 1623 AA_Initializing, 1624 AA_Sending, 1625 AA_Casting 1626 }; 1627 1628 /// C++ Overloading. 1629 enum OverloadKind { 1630 /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are 1631 /// functions or function templates with different signatures. 1632 Ovl_Overload, 1633 1634 /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches 1635 /// an existing declaration. 1636 Ovl_Match, 1637 1638 /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a 1639 /// non-function. 1640 Ovl_NonFunction 1641 }; 1642 OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S, 1643 FunctionDecl *New, 1644 const LookupResult &OldDecls, 1645 NamedDecl *&OldDecl, 1646 bool IsForUsingDecl); 1647 bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl); 1648 1649 /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current 1650 /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored. 1651 /// 1652 /// \returns true if \arg FD is unavailable and current context is inside 1653 /// an available function, false otherwise. 1654 bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD); 1655 1656 ImplicitConversionSequence 1657 TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1658 bool SuppressUserConversions, 1659 bool AllowExplicit, 1660 bool InOverloadResolution, 1661 bool CStyle, 1662 bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion); 1663 1664 bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1665 bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1666 bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1667 bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1668 bool InOverloadResolution, 1669 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1670 bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1671 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1672 bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1673 QualType &ConvertedType); 1674 bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1675 QualType& ConvertedType); 1676 bool FunctionArgTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType, 1677 const FunctionProtoType *NewType, 1678 unsigned *ArgPos = 0); 1679 void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 1680 QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1681 1682 CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E); 1683 bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1684 CastKind &Kind, 1685 CXXCastPath& BasePath, 1686 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1687 bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1688 bool InOverloadResolution, 1689 QualType &ConvertedType); 1690 bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1691 CastKind &Kind, 1692 CXXCastPath &BasePath, 1693 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1694 bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1695 bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 1696 bool IsNoReturnConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1697 QualType &ResultTy); 1698 bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 1699 1700 1701 ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1702 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate, 1703 QualType ResultType, 1704 Expr *Value, 1705 bool AllowNRVO = true); 1706 1707 bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1708 ExprResult Init); 1709 ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1710 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1711 ExprResult Init, 1712 bool TopLevelOfInitList = false, 1713 bool AllowExplicit = false); 1714 ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From, 1715 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 1716 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 1717 CXXMethodDecl *Method); 1718 1719 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From); 1720 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From); 1721 1722 /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required. 1723 enum CCEKind { 1724 CCEK_CaseValue, ///< Expression in a case label. 1725 CCEK_Enumerator, ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type. 1726 CCEK_TemplateArg ///< Value of a non-type template parameter. 1727 }; 1728 ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T, 1729 llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE); 1730 1731 /// \brief Abstract base class used to diagnose problems that occur while 1732 /// trying to convert an expression to integral or enumeration type. 1733 class ICEConvertDiagnoser { 1734 public: 1735 bool Suppress; 1736 bool SuppressConversion; 1737 1738 ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false, 1739 bool SuppressConversion = false) 1740 : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) { } 1741 1742 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have 1743 /// integral or enumeration type. 1744 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1745 QualType T) = 0; 1746 1747 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type. 1748 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1749 QualType T) = 0; 1750 1751 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function 1752 /// is explicit. 1753 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1754 QualType T, 1755 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1756 1757 /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function. 1758 virtual DiagnosticBuilder 1759 noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1760 1761 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion 1762 /// functions. 1763 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1764 QualType T) = 0; 1765 1766 /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions. 1767 virtual DiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 1768 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1769 1770 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function 1771 /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function). 1772 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1773 QualType T, 1774 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1775 1776 virtual ~ICEConvertDiagnoser() {} 1777 }; 1778 1779 ExprResult 1780 ConvertToIntegralOrEnumerationType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, 1781 ICEConvertDiagnoser &Diagnoser, 1782 bool AllowScopedEnumerations); 1783 1784 enum ObjCSubscriptKind { 1785 OS_Array, 1786 OS_Dictionary, 1787 OS_Error 1788 }; 1789 ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE); 1790 1791 ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From, 1792 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 1793 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 1794 NamedDecl *Member); 1795 1796 // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*. 1797 // TODO: make this is a typesafe union. 1798 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet; 1799 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet; 1800 1801 void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function, 1802 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1803 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1804 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1805 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 1806 bool PartialOverloading = false, 1807 bool AllowExplicit = false); 1808 void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions, 1809 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1810 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1811 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 1812 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 1813 void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1814 QualType ObjectType, 1815 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1816 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1817 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1818 bool SuppressUserConversion = false); 1819 void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method, 1820 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1821 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType, 1822 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1823 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1824 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1825 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 1826 void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl, 1827 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1828 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1829 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 1830 QualType ObjectType, 1831 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1832 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1833 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1834 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 1835 void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 1836 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1837 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 1838 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1839 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1840 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 1841 void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 1842 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1843 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1844 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1845 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 1846 void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 1847 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1848 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1849 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1850 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet); 1851 void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 1852 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1853 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1854 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 1855 Expr *Object, llvm::ArrayRef<Expr*> Args, 1856 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 1857 void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 1858 SourceLocation OpLoc, 1859 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1860 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1861 SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange()); 1862 void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys, 1863 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1864 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1865 bool IsAssignmentOperator = false, 1866 unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0); 1867 void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 1868 SourceLocation OpLoc, 1869 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1870 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 1871 void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name, 1872 bool Operator, SourceLocation Loc, 1873 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1874 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 1875 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1876 bool PartialOverloading = false, 1877 bool StdNamespaceIsAssociated = false); 1878 1879 // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate 1880 void NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn, QualType DestType = QualType()); 1881 1882 // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates 1883 // identified by the expression Expr 1884 void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr* E, QualType DestType = QualType()); 1885 1886 // [PossiblyAFunctionType] --> [Return] 1887 // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType 1888 // R (A) --> R(A) 1889 // R (*)(A) --> R (A) 1890 // R (&)(A) --> R (A) 1891 // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A) 1892 QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType); 1893 1894 FunctionDecl * 1895 ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr, 1896 QualType TargetType, 1897 bool Complain, 1898 DeclAccessPair &Found, 1899 bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = 0); 1900 1901 FunctionDecl *ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl, 1902 bool Complain = false, 1903 DeclAccessPair* Found = 0); 1904 1905 bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization( 1906 ExprResult &SrcExpr, 1907 bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false, 1908 bool Complain = false, 1909 const SourceRange& OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(), 1910 QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(), 1911 unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0); 1912 1913 1914 Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E, 1915 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1916 FunctionDecl *Fn); 1917 ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult, 1918 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1919 FunctionDecl *Fn); 1920 1921 void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 1922 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1923 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, 1924 bool PartialOverloading = false); 1925 1926 ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, 1927 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 1928 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 1929 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1930 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 1931 Expr *ExecConfig, 1932 bool AllowTypoCorrection=true); 1933 1934 ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 1935 unsigned Opc, 1936 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 1937 Expr *input); 1938 1939 ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 1940 unsigned Opc, 1941 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 1942 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 1943 1944 ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc, 1945 SourceLocation RLoc, 1946 Expr *Base,Expr *Idx); 1947 1948 ExprResult 1949 BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr, 1950 SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr **Args, 1951 unsigned NumArgs, SourceLocation RParenLoc); 1952 ExprResult 1953 BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 1954 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1955 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 1956 1957 ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 1958 SourceLocation OpLoc); 1959 1960 /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is 1961 /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location 1962 /// that best represents the call. 1963 bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc, 1964 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD); 1965 1966 /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions. 1967 bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl **Param, ParmVarDecl **ParamEnd, 1968 bool CheckParameterNames); 1969 void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD); 1970 void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D); 1971 Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S); 1972 1973 /// \name Name lookup 1974 /// 1975 /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic 1976 /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers, 1977 /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or 1978 /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry 1979 /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup, 1980 /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup. 1981 /// 1982 /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria, 1983 /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how 1984 /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both 1985 /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore 1986 /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name 1987 /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name 1988 /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration. 1989 /// 1990 /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name 1991 /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation 1992 /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing 1993 /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup 1994 /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or 1995 /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name 1996 /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides 1997 /// the ability to distinguish among them. 1998 //@{ 1999 2000 /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform. 2001 enum LookupNameKind { 2002 /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions, 2003 /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names 2004 /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++. 2005 LookupOrdinaryName = 0, 2006 /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes, 2007 /// structs, and unions. 2008 LookupTagName, 2009 /// Label name lookup. 2010 LookupLabel, 2011 /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of 2012 /// class/struct/union members. 2013 LookupMemberName, 2014 /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with 2015 /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name 2016 /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members. 2017 LookupOperatorName, 2018 /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution 2019 /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object, 2020 /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1). 2021 LookupNestedNameSpecifierName, 2022 /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or 2023 /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++ 2024 /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1). 2025 LookupNamespaceName, 2026 /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name, 2027 /// including resolved using declarations. This is appropriate 2028 /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration. 2029 LookupUsingDeclName, 2030 /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a 2031 /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that 2032 /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See 2033 /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6. 2034 LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage, 2035 /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol. 2036 LookupObjCProtocolName, 2037 /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method. 2038 LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam, 2039 /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name. 2040 LookupAnyName 2041 }; 2042 2043 /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a 2044 /// redeclaration (vs. a reference). 2045 enum RedeclarationKind { 2046 /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the 2047 /// purpose of redeclaring the name. 2048 NotForRedeclaration = 0, 2049 /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name, 2050 /// if an entity by that name already exists. 2051 ForRedeclaration 2052 }; 2053 2054 /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator. 2055 enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult { 2056 /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error. 2057 LOLR_Error, 2058 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which 2059 /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it. 2060 LOLR_Cooked, 2061 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects 2062 /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token. 2063 LOLR_Raw, 2064 /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates, 2065 /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be 2066 /// passed as a non-type template argument pack. 2067 LOLR_Template 2068 }; 2069 2070 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D, 2071 CXXSpecialMember SM, 2072 bool ConstArg, 2073 bool VolatileArg, 2074 bool RValueThis, 2075 bool ConstThis, 2076 bool VolatileThis); 2077 2078private: 2079 bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S); 2080 2081 // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls. 2082 // 2083 // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded 2084 // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise. 2085 llvm::DenseMap<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces; 2086 2087 /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal 2088 /// source. 2089 bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces; 2090 2091public: 2092 /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration. Return 2093 /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded. 2094 /// 2095 /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle 2096 /// ambiguity and overloaded. 2097 NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name, 2098 SourceLocation Loc, 2099 LookupNameKind NameKind, 2100 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2101 = NotForRedeclaration); 2102 bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, 2103 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false); 2104 bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx, 2105 bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false); 2106 bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2107 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false, 2108 bool EnteringContext = false); 2109 ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc, 2110 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2111 = NotForRedeclaration); 2112 2113 void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S, 2114 QualType T1, QualType T2, 2115 UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions); 2116 2117 LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 2118 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation()); 2119 2120 DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2121 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2122 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 2123 unsigned Quals); 2124 CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, 2125 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); 2126 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2127 CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, bool RValueThis, 2128 unsigned ThisQuals); 2129 CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2130 2131 LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R, 2132 ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys, 2133 bool AllowRawAndTemplate); 2134 bool isKnownName(StringRef name); 2135 2136 void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, bool Operator, 2137 SourceLocation Loc, 2138 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2139 ADLResult &Functions, 2140 bool StdNamespaceIsAssociated = false); 2141 2142 void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind, 2143 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2144 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2145 void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind, 2146 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2147 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2148 2149 TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo, 2150 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, 2151 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2152 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 2153 DeclContext *MemberContext = 0, 2154 bool EnteringContext = false, 2155 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = 0); 2156 2157 void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2158 AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces, 2159 AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses); 2160 2161 void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 2162 bool ConsiderLinkage, 2163 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 2164 2165 bool DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result); 2166 //@} 2167 2168 ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 2169 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2170 bool TypoCorrection = false); 2171 NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 2172 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 2173 SourceLocation Loc); 2174 NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II, 2175 Scope *S); 2176 void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD); 2177 2178 // More parsing and symbol table subroutines. 2179 2180 // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2181 void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD, 2182 bool NonInheritable = true, bool Inheritable = true); 2183 void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL, 2184 bool NonInheritable = true, bool Inheritable = true); 2185 bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl, 2186 const AttributeList *AttrList); 2187 2188 void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D); 2189 2190 bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value); 2191 bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC); 2192 bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr); 2193 2194 /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2195 StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs, 2196 SourceRange Range); 2197 2198 void WarnUndefinedMethod(SourceLocation ImpLoc, ObjCMethodDecl *method, 2199 bool &IncompleteImpl, unsigned DiagID); 2200 void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2201 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2202 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2203 2204 void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2205 ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden, 2206 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2207 2208 /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method 2209 /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration. 2210 void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2211 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2212 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2213 2214 bool isPropertyReadonly(ObjCPropertyDecl *PropertyDecl, 2215 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 2216 2217 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet; 2218 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, ObjCMethodDecl*> ProtocolsMethodsMap; 2219 2220 /// CheckProtocolMethodDefs - This routine checks unimplemented 2221 /// methods declared in protocol, and those referenced by it. 2222 void CheckProtocolMethodDefs(SourceLocation ImpLoc, 2223 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl, 2224 bool& IncompleteImpl, 2225 const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2226 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2227 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl); 2228 2229 /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables 2230 /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface. 2231 void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl, 2232 ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars, 2233 SourceLocation Loc); 2234 2235 /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method 2236 /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation. 2237 void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2238 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2239 bool IncompleteImpl = false); 2240 2241 /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties 2242 /// which must be implemented by this implementation. 2243 void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2244 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2245 const SelectorSet &InsMap); 2246 2247 /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all 2248 /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation. 2249 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties (Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2250 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 2251 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D); 2252 2253 /// CollectImmediateProperties - This routine collects all properties in 2254 /// the class and its conforming protocols; but not those it its super class. 2255 void CollectImmediateProperties(ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2256 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& PropMap, 2257 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& SuperPropMap); 2258 2259 2260 /// LookupPropertyDecl - Looks up a property in the current class and all 2261 /// its protocols. 2262 ObjCPropertyDecl *LookupPropertyDecl(const ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2263 IdentifierInfo *II); 2264 2265 /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in 2266 /// class extensions. 2267 Decl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S, 2268 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2269 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2270 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2271 Selector GetterSel, 2272 Selector SetterSel, 2273 const bool isAssign, 2274 const bool isReadWrite, 2275 const unsigned Attributes, 2276 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2277 bool *isOverridingProperty, 2278 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2279 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind); 2280 2281 /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to 2282 /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface. 2283 ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S, 2284 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2285 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2286 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2287 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2288 Selector GetterSel, 2289 Selector SetterSel, 2290 const bool isAssign, 2291 const bool isReadWrite, 2292 const unsigned Attributes, 2293 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2294 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2295 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 2296 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 2297 2298 /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via 2299 /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared 2300 /// setter or getter. 2301 void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2302 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl); 2303 2304 void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D); 2305 2306 void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID); 2307 2308 enum MethodMatchStrategy { 2309 MMS_loose, 2310 MMS_strict 2311 }; 2312 2313 /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns 2314 /// true, or false, accordingly. 2315 bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2316 const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod, 2317 MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict); 2318 2319 /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or 2320 /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations. 2321 void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2322 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2323 SelectorSet &InsMapSeen, 2324 SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen, 2325 ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2326 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2327 bool &IncompleteImpl, 2328 bool ImmediateClass, 2329 bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false); 2330 2331 /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in 2332 /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and 2333 /// warns each time an exact match is found. 2334 void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP); 2335 2336 /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods. 2337 void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method); 2338 2339private: 2340 /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global 2341 /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool. 2342 void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance); 2343 2344 /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and 2345 /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures. 2346 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2347 bool receiverIdOrClass, 2348 bool warn, bool instance); 2349 2350public: 2351 /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation 2352 /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate 2353 /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking 2354 /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown). 2355 void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2356 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true); 2357 } 2358 2359 /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods. 2360 void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2361 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false); 2362 } 2363 2364 /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global 2365 /// pool. 2366 void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D); 2367 2368 /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2369 /// there are multiple signatures. 2370 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2371 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2372 bool warn=true) { 2373 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2374 warn, /*instance*/true); 2375 } 2376 2377 /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2378 /// there are multiple signatures. 2379 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2380 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2381 bool warn=true) { 2382 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2383 warn, /*instance*/false); 2384 } 2385 2386 /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an 2387 /// implementation. 2388 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel); 2389 2390 /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require 2391 /// initialization. 2392 void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, 2393 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars); 2394 2395 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2396 // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp. 2397public: 2398 class FullExprArg { 2399 public: 2400 FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(0) { } 2401 2402 // FIXME: The const_cast here is ugly. RValue references would make this 2403 // much nicer (or we could duplicate a bunch of the move semantics 2404 // emulation code from Ownership.h). 2405 FullExprArg(const FullExprArg& Other) : E(Other.E) {} 2406 2407 ExprResult release() { 2408 return move(E); 2409 } 2410 2411 Expr *get() const { return E; } 2412 2413 Expr *operator->() { 2414 return E; 2415 } 2416 2417 private: 2418 // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just 2419 // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below. 2420 friend class Sema; 2421 2422 explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {} 2423 2424 Expr *E; 2425 }; 2426 2427 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) { 2428 return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation()); 2429 } 2430 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) { 2431 return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC).release()); 2432 } 2433 2434 StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(FullExprArg Expr); 2435 2436 StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc, 2437 bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false); 2438 2439 void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2440 void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2441 StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, 2442 MultiStmtArg Elts, 2443 bool isStmtExpr); 2444 2445 /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement. 2446 class CompoundScopeRAII { 2447 public: 2448 CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S): S(S) { 2449 S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2450 } 2451 2452 ~CompoundScopeRAII() { 2453 S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2454 } 2455 2456 private: 2457 Sema &S; 2458 }; 2459 2460 StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl, 2461 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2462 SourceLocation EndLoc); 2463 void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl); 2464 StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E); 2465 StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal, 2466 SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal, 2467 SourceLocation ColonLoc); 2468 void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt); 2469 2470 StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 2471 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2472 Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope); 2473 StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl, 2474 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt); 2475 2476 StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc, 2477 ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs, 2478 Stmt *SubStmt); 2479 2480 StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, 2481 FullExprArg CondVal, Decl *CondVar, 2482 Stmt *ThenVal, 2483 SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal); 2484 StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2485 Expr *Cond, 2486 Decl *CondVar); 2487 StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2488 Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body); 2489 StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2490 FullExprArg Cond, 2491 Decl *CondVar, Stmt *Body); 2492 StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body, 2493 SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2494 SourceLocation CondLParen, Expr *Cond, 2495 SourceLocation CondRParen); 2496 2497 StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2498 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2499 Stmt *First, FullExprArg Second, 2500 Decl *SecondVar, 2501 FullExprArg Third, 2502 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2503 Stmt *Body); 2504 ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc, 2505 Expr *collection); 2506 StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc, 2507 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2508 Stmt *First, Expr *collection, 2509 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2510 StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body); 2511 2512 StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2513 SourceLocation LParenLoc, Stmt *LoopVar, 2514 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection, 2515 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2516 StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2517 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2518 Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *BeginEndDecl, 2519 Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc, 2520 Stmt *LoopVarDecl, 2521 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2522 StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body); 2523 2524 StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2525 SourceLocation LabelLoc, 2526 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 2527 StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2528 SourceLocation StarLoc, 2529 Expr *DestExp); 2530 StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2531 StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2532 2533 const VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E, 2534 bool AllowFunctionParameters); 2535 2536 StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2537 StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2538 2539 StmtResult ActOnAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, 2540 bool IsSimple, bool IsVolatile, 2541 unsigned NumOutputs, unsigned NumInputs, 2542 IdentifierInfo **Names, 2543 MultiExprArg Constraints, 2544 MultiExprArg Exprs, 2545 Expr *AsmString, 2546 MultiExprArg Clobbers, 2547 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2548 bool MSAsm = false); 2549 2550 StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, 2551 std::string &AsmString, 2552 SourceLocation EndLoc); 2553 2554 VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType, 2555 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2556 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 2557 bool Invalid = false); 2558 2559 Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2560 2561 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen, 2562 Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body); 2563 2564 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2565 2566 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try, 2567 MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally); 2568 2569 StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw); 2570 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw, 2571 Scope *CurScope); 2572 ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc, 2573 Expr *operand); 2574 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, 2575 Expr *SynchExpr, 2576 Stmt *SynchBody); 2577 2578 StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2579 2580 VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2581 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2582 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2583 IdentifierInfo *Id); 2584 2585 Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2586 2587 StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc, 2588 Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock); 2589 StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock, 2590 MultiStmtArg Handlers); 2591 2592 StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ? 2593 SourceLocation TryLoc, 2594 Stmt *TryBlock, 2595 Stmt *Handler); 2596 2597 StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2598 Expr *FilterExpr, 2599 Stmt *Block); 2600 2601 StmtResult ActOnSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2602 Stmt *Block); 2603 2604 void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock); 2605 2606 bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const; 2607 2608 /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track 2609 /// of it. 2610 void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D); 2611 2612 /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression 2613 /// whose result is unused, warn. 2614 void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S); 2615 void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND); 2616 2617 /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null 2618 /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line. 2619 /// 2620 /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as: 2621 /// if (condition); 2622 /// do_stuff(); 2623 void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc, 2624 const Stmt *Body, 2625 unsigned DiagID); 2626 2627 /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by 2628 /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body. 2629 void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S, 2630 const Stmt *PossibleBody); 2631 2632 ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 2633 return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool); 2634 } 2635 void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl); 2636 2637 typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState; 2638 ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() { 2639 return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed(); 2640 } 2641 void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) { 2642 DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state); 2643 } 2644 2645 void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool); 2646 2647 void EmitDeprecationWarning(NamedDecl *D, StringRef Message, 2648 SourceLocation Loc, 2649 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=0); 2650 2651 void HandleDelayedDeprecationCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 2652 2653 bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc, 2654 StringRef message); 2655 2656 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2657 // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp. 2658 2659 bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D); 2660 bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 2661 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=0); 2662 void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD); 2663 std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD); 2664 bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, 2665 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter, 2666 SourceLocation Loc); 2667 void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 2668 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs); 2669 2670 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 2671 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 2672 bool IsDecltype = false); 2673 2674 void PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 2675 2676 void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 2677 2678 ExprResult TranformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E); 2679 ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E); 2680 2681 ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res); 2682 2683 // Functions for marking a declaration referenced. These functions also 2684 // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or 2685 // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense). There are separate variants 2686 // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking 2687 // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the 2688 // named expressions. 2689 void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D); 2690 void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func); 2691 void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var); 2692 void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E); 2693 void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E); 2694 2695 void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E); 2696 void CleanupVarDeclMarking(); 2697 2698 enum TryCaptureKind { 2699 TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef 2700 }; 2701 2702 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 2703 /// 2704 /// \param Var The variable to capture. 2705 /// 2706 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs. 2707 /// 2708 /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a 2709 /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda). 2710 /// 2711 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in 2712 /// an explicit lambda capture. 2713 /// 2714 /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the 2715 /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether 2716 /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining 2717 /// if the variable cannot be captured. 2718 /// 2719 /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture 2720 /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the 2721 /// variable can be captured. 2722 /// 2723 /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture 2724 /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be 2725 /// captured. 2726 /// 2727 /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be 2728 /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded. 2729 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind, 2730 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose, 2731 QualType &CaptureType, 2732 QualType &DeclRefType); 2733 2734 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 2735 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, 2736 TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit, 2737 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation()); 2738 2739 /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that 2740 /// variable will have in the given scope. 2741 QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc); 2742 2743 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T); 2744 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E, 2745 bool SkipLocalVariables = false); 2746 2747 /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a 2748 /// call. Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was 2749 /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid. 2750 bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD, 2751 bool ForceComplain = false, 2752 bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = 0); 2753 2754 /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call. 2755 bool isExprCallable(const Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy, 2756 UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads); 2757 2758 /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current 2759 /// evaluation context. 2760 /// 2761 /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the 2762 /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic 2763 /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable. 2764 /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted. 2765 bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement, 2766 const PartialDiagnostic &PD); 2767 2768 // Primary Expressions. 2769 SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const; 2770 2771 ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2772 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2773 UnqualifiedId &Id, 2774 bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand, 2775 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0); 2776 2777 void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id, 2778 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer, 2779 DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2780 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs); 2781 2782 bool DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R, 2783 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 2784 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0, 2785 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *>()); 2786 2787 ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S, 2788 IdentifierInfo *II, 2789 bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false); 2790 2791 ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2792 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2793 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2794 bool isAddressOfOperand, 2795 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2796 2797 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 2798 ExprValueKind VK, 2799 SourceLocation Loc, 2800 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 2801 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 2802 ExprValueKind VK, 2803 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2804 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 2805 ExprResult 2806 BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2807 SourceLocation nameLoc, 2808 IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField, 2809 Expr *baseObjectExpr = 0, 2810 SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation()); 2811 ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2812 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2813 LookupResult &R, 2814 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2815 ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2816 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2817 LookupResult &R, 2818 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 2819 bool IsDefiniteInstance); 2820 bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2821 const LookupResult &R, 2822 bool HasTrailingLParen); 2823 2824 ExprResult BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2825 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo); 2826 ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2827 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2828 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2829 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2830 2831 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2832 LookupResult &R, 2833 bool NeedsADL); 2834 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2835 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2836 NamedDecl *D); 2837 2838 ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R, 2839 DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo, 2840 ArrayRef<Expr*> Args, 2841 SourceLocation LitEndLoc, 2842 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 2843 2844 ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 2845 ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val); 2846 ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 2847 ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 2848 ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E); 2849 ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L, 2850 SourceLocation R, 2851 MultiExprArg Val); 2852 2853 /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string 2854 /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). 2855 ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks, 2856 Scope *UDLScope = 0); 2857 2858 ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 2859 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 2860 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2861 Expr *ControllingExpr, 2862 MultiTypeArg ArgTypes, 2863 MultiExprArg ArgExprs); 2864 ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 2865 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 2866 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2867 Expr *ControllingExpr, 2868 TypeSourceInfo **Types, 2869 Expr **Exprs, 2870 unsigned NumAssocs); 2871 2872 // Binary/Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator. 2873 ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc, 2874 Expr *InputExpr); 2875 ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2876 UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input); 2877 ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2878 tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input); 2879 2880 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2881 SourceLocation OpLoc, 2882 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 2883 SourceRange R); 2884 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2885 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 2886 ExprResult 2887 ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, 2888 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 2889 bool IsType, void *TyOrEx, 2890 const SourceRange &ArgRange); 2891 2892 ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E); 2893 bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E); 2894 2895 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 2896 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2897 SourceRange ExprRange, 2898 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 2899 ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S, 2900 SourceLocation OpLoc, 2901 IdentifierInfo &Name, 2902 SourceLocation NameLoc, 2903 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2904 ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2905 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input); 2906 2907 ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 2908 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 2909 ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 2910 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 2911 2912 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 2913 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 2914 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2915 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2916 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 2917 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2918 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2919 2920 // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow 2921 // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after 2922 // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the 2923 // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class 2924 // defines a custom operator->). 2925 struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs { 2926 Scope *S; 2927 UnqualifiedId &Id; 2928 Decl *ObjCImpDecl; 2929 bool HasTrailingLParen; 2930 }; 2931 2932 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 2933 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 2934 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2935 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2936 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 2937 LookupResult &R, 2938 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 2939 bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false, 2940 ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = 0); 2941 2942 ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow); 2943 ExprResult LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, ExprResult &Base, 2944 bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2945 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2946 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 2947 bool HasTemplateArgs); 2948 2949 bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType, 2950 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2951 const LookupResult &R); 2952 2953 ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 2954 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2955 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2956 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2957 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 2958 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2959 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2960 2961 ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 2962 SourceLocation OpLoc, 2963 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 2964 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2965 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2966 UnqualifiedId &Member, 2967 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 2968 bool HasTrailingLParen); 2969 2970 void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl); 2971 bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn, 2972 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 2973 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 2974 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2975 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2976 bool ExecConfig = false); 2977 void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc, 2978 ParmVarDecl *Param, 2979 const Expr *ArgExpr); 2980 2981 /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments. 2982 /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma 2983 /// locations. 2984 ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2985 MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2986 Expr *ExecConfig = 0, bool IsExecConfig = false); 2987 ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl, 2988 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2989 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2990 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2991 Expr *Config = 0, 2992 bool IsExecConfig = false); 2993 2994 ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc, 2995 MultiExprArg ExecConfig, 2996 SourceLocation GGGLoc); 2997 2998 ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2999 Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty, 3000 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr); 3001 ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3002 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 3003 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3004 Expr *Op); 3005 CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType); 3006 3007 /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal. 3008 ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3009 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E, 3010 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 3011 3012 ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME); 3013 3014 ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3015 ParsedType Ty, 3016 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3017 Expr *InitExpr); 3018 3019 ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3020 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3021 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3022 Expr *LiteralExpr); 3023 3024 ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 3025 MultiExprArg InitArgList, 3026 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 3027 3028 ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig, 3029 SourceLocation Loc, 3030 bool GNUSyntax, 3031 ExprResult Init); 3032 3033 ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc, 3034 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3035 ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3036 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3037 ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, 3038 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3039 3040 /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null 3041 /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension. 3042 ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc, 3043 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 3044 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3045 3046 /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo". 3047 ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc, 3048 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 3049 3050 void ActOnStartStmtExpr(); 3051 ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt, 3052 SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})" 3053 void ActOnStmtExprError(); 3054 3055 // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*) 3056 struct OffsetOfComponent { 3057 SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd; 3058 bool isBrackets; // true if [expr], false if .ident 3059 union { 3060 IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo; 3061 Expr *E; 3062 } U; 3063 }; 3064 3065 /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c) 3066 ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3067 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3068 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3069 unsigned NumComponents, 3070 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3071 ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S, 3072 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3073 SourceLocation TypeLoc, 3074 ParsedType ParsedArgTy, 3075 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3076 unsigned NumComponents, 3077 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3078 3079 // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2) 3080 ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3081 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, 3082 Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3083 3084 // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type) 3085 ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty, 3086 SourceLocation RPLoc); 3087 ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, 3088 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3089 3090 // __null 3091 ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc); 3092 3093 bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E); 3094 3095 /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check. 3096 enum IfExistsResult { 3097 /// \brief The symbol exists. 3098 IER_Exists, 3099 3100 /// \brief The symbol does not exist. 3101 IER_DoesNotExist, 3102 3103 /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ 3104 /// from one instantiation to the next. 3105 IER_Dependent, 3106 3107 /// \brief An error occurred. 3108 IER_Error 3109 }; 3110 3111 IfExistsResult 3112 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3113 const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo); 3114 3115 IfExistsResult 3116 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3117 bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3118 UnqualifiedId &Name); 3119 3120 StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3121 bool IsIfExists, 3122 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 3123 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo, 3124 Stmt *Nested); 3125 StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3126 bool IsIfExists, 3127 CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name, 3128 Stmt *Nested); 3129 3130 //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===// 3131 3132 /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is 3133 /// started. 3134 void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3135 3136 /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments. 3137 /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked. 3138 void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo, 3139 Scope *CurScope); 3140 3141 /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback 3142 /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl. 3143 void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3144 3145 /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement 3146 /// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...} 3147 ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body, 3148 Scope *CurScope); 3149 3150 //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===// 3151 3152 /// __builtin_astype(...) 3153 ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy, 3154 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3155 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3156 3157 //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===// 3158 3159 // Act on C++ namespaces 3160 Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc, 3161 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3162 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3163 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 3164 SourceLocation LBrace, 3165 AttributeList *AttrList); 3166 void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace); 3167 3168 NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const; 3169 NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace(); 3170 3171 CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const; 3172 3173 /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if 3174 /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element. 3175 bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element); 3176 3177 /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it 3178 /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found. 3179 /// 3180 /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error. 3181 QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc); 3182 3183 /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as 3184 /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2. 3185 bool isInitListConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor); 3186 3187 Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope, 3188 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3189 SourceLocation NamespcLoc, 3190 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3191 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3192 IdentifierInfo *NamespcName, 3193 AttributeList *AttrList); 3194 3195 void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir); 3196 3197 Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope, 3198 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3199 SourceLocation AliasLoc, 3200 IdentifierInfo *Alias, 3201 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3202 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3203 IdentifierInfo *Ident); 3204 3205 void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow); 3206 bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target, 3207 const LookupResult &PreviousDecls); 3208 UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD, 3209 NamedDecl *Target); 3210 3211 bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3212 bool isTypeName, 3213 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3214 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3215 const LookupResult &Previous); 3216 bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3217 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3218 SourceLocation NameLoc); 3219 3220 NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3221 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3222 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3223 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3224 AttributeList *AttrList, 3225 bool IsInstantiation, 3226 bool IsTypeName, 3227 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3228 3229 bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD); 3230 3231 Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3232 AccessSpecifier AS, 3233 bool HasUsingKeyword, 3234 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3235 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3236 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3237 AttributeList *AttrList, 3238 bool IsTypeName, 3239 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3240 Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3241 AccessSpecifier AS, 3242 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3243 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3244 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3245 TypeResult Type); 3246 3247 /// InitializeVarWithConstructor - Creates an CXXConstructExpr 3248 /// and sets it as the initializer for the the passed in VarDecl. 3249 bool InitializeVarWithConstructor(VarDecl *VD, 3250 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 3251 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3252 bool HadMultipleCandidates); 3253 3254 /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor, 3255 /// including handling of its default argument expressions. 3256 /// 3257 /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind 3258 ExprResult 3259 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3260 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs, 3261 bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool RequiresZeroInit, 3262 unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange); 3263 3264 // FIXME: Can re remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if 3265 // the constructor can be elidable? 3266 ExprResult 3267 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3268 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable, 3269 MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates, 3270 bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind, 3271 SourceRange ParenRange); 3272 3273 /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating 3274 /// the default expr if needed. 3275 ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, 3276 FunctionDecl *FD, 3277 ParmVarDecl *Param); 3278 3279 /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the 3280 /// constructed variable. 3281 void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType); 3282 3283 /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for 3284 /// implicitly-declared special member functions. 3285 class ImplicitExceptionSpecification { 3286 // Pointer to allow copying 3287 Sema *Self; 3288 // We order exception specifications thus: 3289 // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++0x. 3290 // throw() comes next. 3291 // Then a throw(collected exceptions) 3292 // Finally no specification. 3293 // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it. 3294 // 3295 // If this exception specification cannot be known yet (for instance, 3296 // because this is the exception specification for a defaulted default 3297 // constructor and we haven't finished parsing the deferred parts of the 3298 // class yet), the C++0x standard does not specify how to behave. We 3299 // record this as an 'unknown' exception specification, which overrules 3300 // any other specification (even 'none', to keep this rule simple). 3301 ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST; 3302 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen; 3303 SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions; 3304 3305 void ClearExceptions() { 3306 ExceptionsSeen.clear(); 3307 Exceptions.clear(); 3308 } 3309 3310 public: 3311 explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self) 3312 : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) { 3313 if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x) 3314 ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone; 3315 } 3316 3317 /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type. 3318 ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const { 3319 assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept && 3320 "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result"); 3321 return ComputedEST; 3322 } 3323 3324 /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification. 3325 unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); } 3326 3327 /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification. 3328 const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); } 3329 3330 /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data. 3331 void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3332 3333 /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data. 3334 void CalledExpr(Expr *E); 3335 3336 /// \brief Specify that the exception specification can't be detemined yet. 3337 void SetDelayed() { 3338 ClearExceptions(); 3339 ComputedEST = EST_Delayed; 3340 } 3341 3342 /// \brief Have we been unable to compute this exception specification? 3343 bool isDelayed() { 3344 return ComputedEST == EST_Delayed; 3345 } 3346 3347 /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this 3348 /// computed exception specification. 3349 void getEPI(FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const { 3350 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = getExceptionSpecType(); 3351 EPI.NumExceptions = size(); 3352 EPI.Exceptions = data(); 3353 } 3354 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo getEPI() const { 3355 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 3356 getEPI(EPI); 3357 return EPI; 3358 } 3359 }; 3360 3361 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3362 /// copy constructor of a class will have. 3363 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3364 ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3365 3366 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3367 /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter 3368 /// will be const. 3369 std::pair<ImplicitExceptionSpecification, bool> 3370 ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpecAndConst(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3371 3372 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled 3373 /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the 3374 /// parameter will be const. 3375 std::pair<ImplicitExceptionSpecification, bool> 3376 ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpecAndConst(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3377 3378 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3379 /// constructor of a class will have. 3380 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3381 ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3382 3383 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3384 /// assignment operator of a class will have. 3385 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3386 ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3387 3388 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3389 /// destructor of a class will have. 3390 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3391 ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3392 3393 /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the 3394 /// extended prototype information with the results. 3395 void checkExceptionSpecification(ExceptionSpecificationType EST, 3396 ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions, 3397 ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges, 3398 Expr *NoexceptExpr, 3399 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions, 3400 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI); 3401 3402 /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted 3403 /// definition when it is defaulted. 3404 bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, 3405 bool Diagnose = false); 3406 3407 /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class. 3408 /// 3409 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3410 /// default constructor will be added. 3411 /// 3412 /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor. 3413 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor( 3414 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3415 3416 /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3417 /// defining this constructor as the default constructor. 3418 void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3419 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3420 3421 /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class. 3422 /// 3423 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3424 /// destructor will be added. 3425 /// 3426 /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor. 3427 CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3428 3429 /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of 3430 /// defining this destructor as the default destructor. 3431 void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3432 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 3433 3434 /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one. 3435 /// 3436 /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one 3437 /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared. 3438 void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 3439 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor, 3440 bool WasDelayed = false); 3441 3442 /// \brief Declare all inherited constructors for the given class. 3443 /// 3444 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the inherited 3445 /// constructors will be added. 3446 void DeclareInheritedConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3447 3448 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class. 3449 /// 3450 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3451 /// copy constructor will be added. 3452 /// 3453 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor. 3454 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3455 3456 /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3457 /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor. 3458 void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3459 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3460 3461 /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class. 3462 /// 3463 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3464 /// move constructor will be added. 3465 /// 3466 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't 3467 /// declared. 3468 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3469 3470 /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3471 /// defining this constructor as the move constructor. 3472 void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3473 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3474 3475 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class. 3476 /// 3477 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3478 /// copy assignment operator will be added. 3479 /// 3480 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3481 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3482 3483 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3484 void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3485 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3486 3487 /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class. 3488 /// 3489 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3490 /// move assignment operator will be added. 3491 /// 3492 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it 3493 /// wasn't declared. 3494 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3495 3496 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator. 3497 void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3498 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3499 3500 /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this 3501 /// class. 3502 void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 3503 3504 /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted 3505 /// special member function. 3506 bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD); 3507 3508 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member 3509 /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be. 3510 /// 3511 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3512 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3513 3514 /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static 3515 /// member function. 3516 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3517 3518 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given 3519 /// static member function. 3520 /// 3521 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3522 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3523 3524 /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with 3525 /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise 3526 /// it simply returns the passed in expression. 3527 ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E); 3528 3529 bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 3530 MultiExprArg ArgsPtr, 3531 SourceLocation Loc, 3532 ASTOwningVector<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs, 3533 bool AllowExplicit = false); 3534 3535 ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3536 IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 3537 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3538 ParsedType ObjectType, 3539 bool EnteringContext); 3540 3541 ParsedType getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType); 3542 3543 // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior. 3544 void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType, 3545 bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range); 3546 3547 /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's. 3548 ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3549 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3550 SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc, 3551 Declarator &D, 3552 SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc, 3553 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3554 Expr *E, 3555 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3556 3557 ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3558 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3559 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 3560 Expr *E, 3561 SourceRange AngleBrackets, 3562 SourceRange Parens); 3563 3564 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3565 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3566 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3567 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3568 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3569 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3570 Expr *Operand, 3571 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3572 3573 /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ). 3574 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3575 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3576 void *TyOrExpr, 3577 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3578 3579 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3580 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3581 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3582 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3583 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3584 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3585 Expr *Operand, 3586 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3587 3588 /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ). 3589 ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3590 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3591 void *TyOrExpr, 3592 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3593 3594 3595 //// ActOnCXXThis - Parse 'this' pointer. 3596 ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc); 3597 3598 /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer. 3599 /// 3600 /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type. 3601 QualType getCurrentThisType(); 3602 3603 /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the 3604 /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases, 3605 /// this provides the type used for 'this'. 3606 QualType CXXThisTypeOverride; 3607 3608 /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression 3609 /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type. 3610 class CXXThisScopeRAII { 3611 Sema &S; 3612 QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride; 3613 bool Enabled; 3614 3615 public: 3616 /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled), 3617 /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a 3618 /// class) along with the given qualifiers. 3619 /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'. 3620 CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals, 3621 bool Enabled = true); 3622 3623 ~CXXThisScopeRAII(); 3624 }; 3625 3626 /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current 3627 /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context. 3628 /// 3629 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs. 3630 /// 3631 /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda 3632 /// capture list. 3633 void CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false); 3634 3635 /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used 3636 /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently 3637 /// being defined. 3638 bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType); 3639 3640 /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals. 3641 ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3642 3643 3644 /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals. 3645 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3646 3647 /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'. 3648 ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc); 3649 3650 //// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions. 3651 ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr); 3652 ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex, 3653 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 3654 ExprResult CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, Expr *E, 3655 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 3656 3657 /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type. 3658 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)") 3659 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)") 3660 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()"). 3661 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep, 3662 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3663 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3664 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3665 3666 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type, 3667 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3668 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3669 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3670 3671 /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression. 3672 ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 3673 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 3674 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 3675 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 3676 SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D, 3677 Expr *Initializer); 3678 ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 3679 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 3680 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 3681 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 3682 SourceRange TypeIdParens, 3683 QualType AllocType, 3684 TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo, 3685 Expr *ArraySize, 3686 SourceRange DirectInitRange, 3687 Expr *Initializer, 3688 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 3689 3690 bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc, 3691 SourceRange R); 3692 bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 3693 bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray, 3694 Expr **PlaceArgs, unsigned NumPlaceArgs, 3695 FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew, 3696 FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete); 3697 bool FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 3698 DeclarationName Name, Expr** Args, 3699 unsigned NumArgs, DeclContext *Ctx, 3700 bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator, 3701 bool Diagnose = true); 3702 void DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 3703 void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return, 3704 QualType Argument, 3705 bool addMallocAttr = false); 3706 3707 bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD, 3708 DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator, 3709 bool Diagnose = true); 3710 3711 /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression 3712 ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, 3713 bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm, 3714 Expr *Operand); 3715 3716 DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 3717 ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar, 3718 SourceLocation StmtLoc, 3719 bool ConvertToBoolean); 3720 3721 ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen, 3722 Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen); 3723 ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand, 3724 SourceLocation RParen); 3725 3726 /// ActOnUnaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 3727 /// pseudo-functions. 3728 ExprResult ActOnUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 3729 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3730 ParsedType Ty, 3731 SourceLocation RParen); 3732 3733 ExprResult BuildUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 3734 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3735 TypeSourceInfo *T, 3736 SourceLocation RParen); 3737 3738 /// ActOnBinaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 3739 /// pseudo-functions. 3740 ExprResult ActOnBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait OTT, 3741 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3742 ParsedType LhsTy, 3743 ParsedType RhsTy, 3744 SourceLocation RParen); 3745 3746 ExprResult BuildBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait BTT, 3747 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3748 TypeSourceInfo *LhsT, 3749 TypeSourceInfo *RhsT, 3750 SourceLocation RParen); 3751 3752 /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions. 3753 ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 3754 ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args, 3755 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3756 ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 3757 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, 3758 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3759 3760 /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 3761 /// pseudo-functions. 3762 ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 3763 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3764 ParsedType LhsTy, 3765 Expr *DimExpr, 3766 SourceLocation RParen); 3767 3768 ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 3769 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3770 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 3771 Expr *DimExpr, 3772 SourceLocation RParen); 3773 3774 /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 3775 /// pseudo-functions. 3776 ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 3777 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3778 Expr *Queried, 3779 SourceLocation RParen); 3780 3781 ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 3782 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3783 Expr *Queried, 3784 SourceLocation RParen); 3785 3786 ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, 3787 Expr *Base, 3788 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3789 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3790 ParsedType &ObjectType, 3791 bool &MayBePseudoDestructor); 3792 3793 ExprResult DiagnoseDtorReference(SourceLocation NameLoc, Expr *MemExpr); 3794 3795 ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base, 3796 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3797 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3798 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3799 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType, 3800 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3801 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3802 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType, 3803 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3804 3805 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 3806 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3807 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3808 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3809 UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName, 3810 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3811 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3812 UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName, 3813 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3814 3815 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 3816 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3817 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3818 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3819 const DeclSpec& DS, 3820 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3821 3822 /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression 3823 /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node. 3824 /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression. 3825 Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr); 3826 Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt); 3827 ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr); 3828 3829 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr) { 3830 return ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc() 3831 : SourceLocation()); 3832 } 3833 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC); 3834 StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt); 3835 3836 // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type. 3837 bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC); 3838 3839 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T); 3840 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3841 bool EnteringContext = false); 3842 bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3843 CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 3844 bool isUnknownSpecialization(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3845 3846 /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'. 3847 /// 3848 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 3849 /// 3850 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 3851 /// 3852 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place 3853 /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier. 3854 /// 3855 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 3856 bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation CCLoc, 3857 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3858 3859 bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(NamedDecl *SD); 3860 NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 3861 3862 bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3863 SourceLocation IdLoc, 3864 IdentifierInfo &II, 3865 ParsedType ObjectType); 3866 3867 bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 3868 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 3869 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 3870 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3871 QualType ObjectType, 3872 bool EnteringContext, 3873 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3874 NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult, 3875 bool ErrorRecoveryLookup); 3876 3877 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'. 3878 /// 3879 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 3880 /// 3881 /// \param Identifier The identifier preceding the '::'. 3882 /// 3883 /// \param IdentifierLoc The location of the identifier. 3884 /// 3885 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 3886 /// 3887 /// \param ObjectType The type of the object, if we're parsing 3888 /// nested-name-specifier in a member access expression. 3889 /// 3890 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by 3891 /// this nested-name-specifier. 3892 /// 3893 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 3894 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 3895 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 3896 /// including this new type). 3897 /// 3898 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 3899 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 3900 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 3901 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 3902 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3903 ParsedType ObjectType, 3904 bool EnteringContext, 3905 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3906 3907 ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E); 3908 3909 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3910 const DeclSpec &DS, 3911 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc); 3912 3913 bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3914 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 3915 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 3916 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 3917 ParsedType ObjectType, 3918 bool EnteringContext); 3919 3920 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 3921 /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'. 3922 /// 3923 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 3924 /// 3925 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 3926 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 3927 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 3928 /// including this new type). 3929 /// 3930 /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 3931 /// \param TemplateName the template name. 3932 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 3933 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 3934 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 3935 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 3936 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 3937 /// 3938 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the 3939 /// nested-name-specifier. 3940 /// 3941 /// 3942 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 3943 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 3944 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3945 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3946 TemplateTy TemplateName, 3947 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 3948 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 3949 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 3950 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 3951 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3952 bool EnteringContext); 3953 3954 /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value 3955 /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given 3956 /// nested-name-specifier. 3957 /// 3958 /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier. 3959 /// 3960 /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the 3961 /// nested-name-specifier \p SS. 3962 void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3963 3964 /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore 3965 /// the nested-name-specifier structure. 3966 /// 3967 /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by 3968 /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(). 3969 /// 3970 /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation. 3971 /// 3972 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents 3973 /// of the annotation pointer. 3974 void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation, 3975 SourceRange AnnotationRange, 3976 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3977 3978 bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3979 3980 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global 3981 /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id. 3982 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be 3983 /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and 3984 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called. 3985 /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec. 3986 bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3987 3988 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously 3989 /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same 3990 /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well. 3991 /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the 3992 /// defining scope. 3993 void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3994 3995 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an 3996 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 3997 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a 3998 /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of 3999 /// class X. 4000 void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 4001 4002 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an 4003 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 4004 void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 4005 4006 /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type. 4007 CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4008 bool KnownDependent = false); 4009 4010 /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression. 4011 CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4012 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4013 TypeSourceInfo *MethodType, 4014 SourceLocation EndLoc, 4015 llvm::ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params, 4016 llvm::Optional<unsigned> ManglingNumber 4017 = llvm::Optional<unsigned>(), 4018 Decl *ContextDecl = 0); 4019 4020 /// \brief Introduce the scope for a lambda expression. 4021 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *enterLambdaScope(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 4022 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4023 LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault, 4024 bool ExplicitParams, 4025 bool ExplicitResultType, 4026 bool Mutable); 4027 4028 /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the 4029 /// given lambda. 4030 void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI); 4031 4032 /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope. 4033 void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope); 4034 4035 /// \brief Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return 4036 /// statements present in the body. 4037 void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI); 4038 4039 /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start 4040 /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and 4041 /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the 4042 /// lambda. 4043 void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 4044 Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope); 4045 4046 /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback 4047 /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda. 4048 void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope, 4049 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4050 4051 /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression 4052 /// was successfully completed. 4053 ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body, 4054 Scope *CurScope, 4055 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4056 4057 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4058 /// function pointer. 4059 /// 4060 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4061 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4062 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4063 /// block pointer conversion. 4064 void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion( 4065 SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4066 4067 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4068 /// block pointer. 4069 /// 4070 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4071 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4072 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4073 /// block pointer conversion. 4074 void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc, 4075 CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4076 4077 ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 4078 SourceLocation ConvLocation, 4079 CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 4080 Expr *Src); 4081 4082 // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals. 4083 ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs, 4084 Expr **Strings, 4085 unsigned NumStrings); 4086 4087 ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S); 4088 4089 /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4090 /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *" 4091 /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable. 4092 ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number); 4093 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc, 4094 bool Value); 4095 ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements); 4096 4097 /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4098 /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will 4099 /// either be "NSNumber *" or "NSString *" depending on the type of 4100 /// ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type or 4101 /// "char *" or "const char *". 4102 ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr); 4103 4104 ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr, 4105 Expr *IndexExpr, 4106 ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod, 4107 ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod); 4108 4109 ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR, 4110 ObjCDictionaryElement *Elements, 4111 unsigned NumElements); 4112 4113 ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4114 TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo, 4115 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4116 ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 4117 CXXConversionDecl *Method, 4118 bool HadMultipleCandidates); 4119 4120 ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4121 SourceLocation EncodeLoc, 4122 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4123 ParsedType Ty, 4124 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4125 4126 /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector 4127 ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel, 4128 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4129 SourceLocation SelLoc, 4130 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4131 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4132 4133 /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol 4134 ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName, 4135 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4136 SourceLocation ProtoLoc, 4137 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4138 SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc, 4139 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4140 4141 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4142 // C++ Declarations 4143 // 4144 Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4145 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4146 SourceLocation LangLoc, 4147 StringRef Lang, 4148 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 4149 Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4150 Decl *LinkageSpec, 4151 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 4152 4153 4154 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4155 // C++ Classes 4156 // 4157 bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S, 4158 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 4159 4160 bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access, 4161 SourceLocation ASLoc, 4162 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4163 AttributeList *Attrs = 0); 4164 4165 Decl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 4166 Declarator &D, 4167 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4168 Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS, 4169 InClassInitStyle InitStyle); 4170 void ActOnCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl, SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4171 Expr *Init); 4172 4173 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4174 Scope *S, 4175 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4176 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4177 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4178 const DeclSpec &DS, 4179 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4180 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4181 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 4182 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 4183 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4184 4185 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4186 Scope *S, 4187 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4188 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4189 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4190 const DeclSpec &DS, 4191 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4192 Expr *InitList, 4193 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4194 4195 MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4196 Scope *S, 4197 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4198 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4199 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4200 const DeclSpec &DS, 4201 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4202 Expr *Init, 4203 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4204 4205 MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member, 4206 Expr *Init, 4207 SourceLocation IdLoc); 4208 4209 MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType, 4210 TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo, 4211 Expr *Init, 4212 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 4213 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4214 4215 MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4216 Expr *Init, 4217 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4218 4219 bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 4220 CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer); 4221 4222 bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 4223 CXXCtorInitializer **Initializers, 4224 unsigned NumInitializers, bool AnyErrors); 4225 4226 void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation); 4227 4228 4229 /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl, 4230 /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as 4231 /// referenced. 4232 void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4233 CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4234 4235 /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within 4236 /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the 4237 /// first use occurred. 4238 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse; 4239 4240 /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been 4241 /// materialized. 4242 SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses; 4243 4244 /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within 4245 /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is 4246 /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed 4247 /// by code generation). 4248 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed; 4249 4250 /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses. 4251 void LoadExternalVTableUses(); 4252 4253 typedef LazyVector<CXXRecordDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 4254 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDynamicClasses, 2, 2> 4255 DynamicClassesType; 4256 4257 /// \brief A list of all of the dynamic classes in this translation 4258 /// unit. 4259 DynamicClassesType DynamicClasses; 4260 4261 /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the 4262 /// given location. 4263 void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4264 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 4265 4266 /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given 4267 /// CXXRecordDecl referenced. 4268 void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4269 const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4270 4271 /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this 4272 /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those 4273 /// vtables. 4274 /// 4275 /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise. 4276 bool DefineUsedVTables(); 4277 4278 void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4279 4280 void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl, 4281 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4282 CXXCtorInitializer **MemInits, 4283 unsigned NumMemInits, 4284 bool AnyErrors); 4285 4286 void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4287 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc, 4288 Decl *TagDecl, 4289 SourceLocation LBrac, 4290 SourceLocation RBrac, 4291 AttributeList *AttrList); 4292 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls(); 4293 4294 void ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template); 4295 void ActOnReenterDeclaratorTemplateScope(Scope *S, DeclaratorDecl *D); 4296 void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4297 void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4298 void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param); 4299 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4300 void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4301 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record); 4302 void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, bool Flag = true); 4303 bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction(); 4304 4305 Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 4306 Expr *AssertExpr, 4307 Expr *AssertMessageExpr, 4308 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4309 Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 4310 Expr *AssertExpr, 4311 StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr, 4312 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 4313 bool Failed); 4314 4315 FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation Loc, 4316 SourceLocation FriendLoc, 4317 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo); 4318 Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 4319 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4320 Decl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4321 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4322 4323 QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4324 StorageClass& SC); 4325 void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 4326 QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4327 StorageClass& SC); 4328 bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 4329 void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R, 4330 StorageClass& SC); 4331 Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion); 4332 4333 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMethods(CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4334 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 4335 4336 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4337 // C++ Derived Classes 4338 // 4339 4340 /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier 4341 CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4342 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4343 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4344 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4345 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4346 4347 BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl, 4348 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4349 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4350 ParsedType basetype, 4351 SourceLocation BaseLoc, 4352 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4353 4354 bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4355 unsigned NumBases); 4356 void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4357 unsigned NumBases); 4358 4359 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base); 4360 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base, CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4361 4362 // FIXME: I don't like this name. 4363 void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4364 4365 bool BasePathInvolvesVirtualBase(const CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4366 4367 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4368 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4369 CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 4370 bool IgnoreAccess = false); 4371 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4372 unsigned InaccessibleBaseID, 4373 unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID, 4374 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4375 DeclarationName Name, 4376 CXXCastPath *BasePath); 4377 4378 std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4379 4380 /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are 4381 /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5. 4382 bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4383 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4384 4385 /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception 4386 /// spec is a subset of base spec. 4387 bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4388 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4389 4390 bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange); 4391 4392 /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++0x override control semantics. 4393 void CheckOverrideControl(const Decl *D); 4394 4395 /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function 4396 /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to 4397 /// C++0x [class.virtual]p3. 4398 bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4399 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4400 4401 4402 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4403 // C++ Access Control 4404 // 4405 4406 enum AccessResult { 4407 AR_accessible, 4408 AR_inaccessible, 4409 AR_dependent, 4410 AR_delayed 4411 }; 4412 4413 bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl, 4414 NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl, 4415 AccessSpecifier LexicalAS); 4416 4417 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E, 4418 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4419 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E, 4420 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4421 AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc, 4422 SourceRange PlacementRange, 4423 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, 4424 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 4425 bool Diagnose = true); 4426 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4427 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4428 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4429 AccessSpecifier Access, 4430 bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false); 4431 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4432 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4433 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4434 AccessSpecifier Access, 4435 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag); 4436 AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4437 CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor, 4438 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 4439 QualType objectType = QualType()); 4440 AccessResult CheckDirectMemberAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4441 NamedDecl *D, 4442 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag); 4443 AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4444 Expr *ObjectExpr, 4445 Expr *ArgExpr, 4446 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4447 AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr, 4448 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4449 AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc, 4450 QualType Base, QualType Derived, 4451 const CXXBasePath &Path, 4452 unsigned DiagID, 4453 bool ForceCheck = false, 4454 bool ForceUnprivileged = false); 4455 void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R); 4456 bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx); 4457 bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl, 4458 AccessSpecifier access, 4459 QualType objectType); 4460 4461 void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD, 4462 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4463 void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern, 4464 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4465 4466 void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 4467 4468 /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE 4469 /// failures rather than hard errors. 4470 bool AccessCheckingSFINAE; 4471 4472 enum AbstractDiagSelID { 4473 AbstractNone = -1, 4474 AbstractReturnType, 4475 AbstractParamType, 4476 AbstractVariableType, 4477 AbstractFieldType, 4478 AbstractArrayType 4479 }; 4480 4481 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4482 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 4483 template<typename T1> 4484 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4485 unsigned DiagID, 4486 const T1 &Arg1) { 4487 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 4488 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4489 } 4490 4491 template<typename T1, typename T2> 4492 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4493 unsigned DiagID, 4494 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 4495 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 4496 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4497 } 4498 4499 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 4500 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4501 unsigned DiagID, 4502 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 4503 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, Arg3); 4504 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4505 } 4506 4507 void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4508 4509 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID, 4510 AbstractDiagSelID SelID = AbstractNone); 4511 4512 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4513 // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5] 4514 // 4515 4516 bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4517 4518 bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4519 4520 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4521 // C++ Templates [C++ 14] 4522 // 4523 void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4524 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4525 bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4526 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4527 4528 void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4529 QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext, 4530 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4531 4532 TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S, 4533 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4534 bool hasTemplateKeyword, 4535 UnqualifiedId &Name, 4536 ParsedType ObjectType, 4537 bool EnteringContext, 4538 TemplateTy &Template, 4539 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4540 4541 bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 4542 SourceLocation IILoc, 4543 Scope *S, 4544 const CXXScopeSpec *SS, 4545 TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate, 4546 TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind); 4547 4548 void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl); 4549 TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl); 4550 4551 Decl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename, bool Ellipsis, 4552 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4553 SourceLocation KeyLoc, 4554 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4555 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4556 unsigned Depth, unsigned Position, 4557 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4558 ParsedType DefaultArg); 4559 4560 QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 4561 Decl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4562 unsigned Depth, 4563 unsigned Position, 4564 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4565 Expr *DefaultArg); 4566 Decl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S, 4567 SourceLocation TmpLoc, 4568 TemplateParameterList *Params, 4569 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4570 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4571 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4572 unsigned Depth, 4573 unsigned Position, 4574 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4575 ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg); 4576 4577 TemplateParameterList * 4578 ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth, 4579 SourceLocation ExportLoc, 4580 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4581 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4582 Decl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 4583 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4584 4585 /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter 4586 /// list. 4587 enum TemplateParamListContext { 4588 TPC_ClassTemplate, 4589 TPC_FunctionTemplate, 4590 TPC_ClassTemplateMember, 4591 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate, 4592 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition, 4593 TPC_TypeAliasTemplate 4594 }; 4595 4596 bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams, 4597 TemplateParameterList *OldParams, 4598 TemplateParamListContext TPC); 4599 TemplateParameterList * 4600 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation DeclStartLoc, 4601 SourceLocation DeclLoc, 4602 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4603 TemplateParameterList **ParamLists, 4604 unsigned NumParamLists, 4605 bool IsFriend, 4606 bool &IsExplicitSpecialization, 4607 bool &Invalid); 4608 4609 DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 4610 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4611 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 4612 AttributeList *Attr, 4613 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, 4614 AccessSpecifier AS, 4615 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 4616 unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists, 4617 TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists); 4618 4619 void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In, 4620 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out); 4621 4622 void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name); 4623 4624 QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template, 4625 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4626 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs); 4627 4628 TypeResult 4629 ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4630 TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4631 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4632 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4633 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4634 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false); 4635 4636 /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id, 4637 /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>. 4638 /// 4639 /// \param TUK 4640 TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK, 4641 TypeSpecifierType TagSpec, 4642 SourceLocation TagLoc, 4643 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4644 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4645 TemplateTy TemplateD, 4646 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4647 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4648 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn, 4649 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4650 4651 4652 ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4653 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4654 LookupResult &R, 4655 bool RequiresADL, 4656 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 4657 4658 ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4659 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4660 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 4661 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 4662 4663 TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName(Scope *S, 4664 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4665 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4666 UnqualifiedId &Name, 4667 ParsedType ObjectType, 4668 bool EnteringContext, 4669 TemplateTy &Template); 4670 4671 DeclResult 4672 ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 4673 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4674 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 4675 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4676 TemplateTy Template, 4677 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4678 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4679 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4680 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4681 AttributeList *Attr, 4682 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 4683 4684 Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S, 4685 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4686 Declarator &D); 4687 4688 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionTemplateDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, 4689 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4690 Declarator &D); 4691 4692 bool 4693 CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc, 4694 TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK, 4695 NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 4696 TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK, 4697 SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation, 4698 bool &SuppressNew); 4699 4700 bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 4701 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 4702 LookupResult &Previous); 4703 4704 bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 4705 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 4706 LookupResult &Previous); 4707 bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous); 4708 4709 DeclResult 4710 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4711 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4712 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4713 unsigned TagSpec, 4714 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4715 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4716 TemplateTy Template, 4717 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4718 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4719 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4720 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4721 AttributeList *Attr); 4722 4723 DeclResult 4724 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4725 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4726 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4727 unsigned TagSpec, 4728 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4729 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4730 IdentifierInfo *Name, 4731 SourceLocation NameLoc, 4732 AttributeList *Attr); 4733 4734 DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4735 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4736 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4737 Declarator &D); 4738 4739 TemplateArgumentLoc 4740 SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template, 4741 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4742 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4743 Decl *Param, 4744 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); 4745 4746 /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template 4747 /// argument is being checked. 4748 enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind { 4749 /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was 4750 /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments. 4751 CTAK_Specified, 4752 4753 /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument 4754 /// deduction. 4755 CTAK_Deduced, 4756 4757 /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound 4758 /// via template argument deduction. 4759 CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound 4760 }; 4761 4762 bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param, 4763 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 4764 NamedDecl *Template, 4765 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4766 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4767 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex, 4768 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 4769 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 4770 4771 /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to 4772 /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way. 4773 /// 4774 /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being 4775 /// provided. 4776 /// 4777 /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source. 4778 /// 4779 /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is 4780 /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of 4781 /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template 4782 /// arguments. 4783 /// 4784 /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is 4785 /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial 4786 /// set of template arguments. 4787 /// 4788 /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template 4789 /// arguments. 4790 /// 4791 /// 4792 /// \param ExpansionIntoFixedList If non-NULL, will be set true to indicate 4793 /// when the template arguments contain a pack expansion that is being 4794 /// expanded into a fixed parameter list. 4795 /// 4796 /// \returns True if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4797 bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template, 4798 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4799 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs, 4800 bool PartialTemplateArgs, 4801 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 4802 bool *ExpansionIntoFixedList = 0); 4803 4804 bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 4805 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 4806 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); 4807 4808 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 4809 TypeSourceInfo *Arg); 4810 ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 4811 QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg, 4812 TemplateArgument &Converted, 4813 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 4814 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 4815 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg); 4816 4817 ExprResult 4818 BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 4819 QualType ParamType, 4820 SourceLocation Loc); 4821 ExprResult 4822 BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 4823 SourceLocation Loc); 4824 4825 /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared 4826 /// for equality. 4827 enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind { 4828 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates 4829 /// that might be redeclarations. 4830 /// 4831 /// \code 4832 /// template<typename T> struct X; 4833 /// template<typename T> struct X; 4834 /// \endcode 4835 TPL_TemplateMatch, 4836 4837 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template 4838 /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists 4839 /// of two templates that might be redeclarations. 4840 /// 4841 /// \code 4842 /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X; 4843 /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X; 4844 /// \endcode 4845 TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch, 4846 4847 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template 4848 /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template 4849 /// template parameter. 4850 /// 4851 /// \code 4852 /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X; 4853 /// template<int Value> struct integer_c; 4854 /// X<integer_c> xic; 4855 /// \endcode 4856 TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch 4857 }; 4858 4859 bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New, 4860 TemplateParameterList *Old, 4861 bool Complain, 4862 TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind, 4863 SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc 4864 = SourceLocation()); 4865 4866 bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams); 4867 4868 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 4869 /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type". 4870 /// 4871 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 4872 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 4873 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 4874 /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example). 4875 /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier. 4876 TypeResult 4877 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 4878 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II, 4879 SourceLocation IdLoc); 4880 4881 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 4882 /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g., 4883 /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>". 4884 /// 4885 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 4886 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 4887 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 4888 /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 4889 /// \param TemplateName The template name. 4890 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 4891 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 4892 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 4893 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 4894 TypeResult 4895 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 4896 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4897 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4898 TemplateTy TemplateName, 4899 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4900 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4901 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4902 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4903 4904 QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 4905 SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 4906 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 4907 const IdentifierInfo &II, 4908 SourceLocation IILoc); 4909 4910 TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T, 4911 SourceLocation Loc, 4912 DeclarationName Name); 4913 bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4914 4915 ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E); 4916 bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation( 4917 TemplateParameterList *Params); 4918 4919 std::string 4920 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 4921 const TemplateArgumentList &Args); 4922 4923 std::string 4924 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 4925 const TemplateArgument *Args, 4926 unsigned NumArgs); 4927 4928 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4929 // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic]) 4930 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4931 4932 /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is 4933 /// being diagnosed. 4934 /// 4935 /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first 4936 /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic. 4937 enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext { 4938 /// \brief An arbitrary expression. 4939 UPPC_Expression = 0, 4940 4941 /// \brief The base type of a class type. 4942 UPPC_BaseType, 4943 4944 /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration. 4945 UPPC_DeclarationType, 4946 4947 /// \brief The type of a data member. 4948 UPPC_DataMemberType, 4949 4950 /// \brief The size of a bit-field. 4951 UPPC_BitFieldWidth, 4952 4953 /// \brief The expression in a static assertion. 4954 UPPC_StaticAssertExpression, 4955 4956 /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration. 4957 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType, 4958 4959 /// \brief The enumerator value. 4960 UPPC_EnumeratorValue, 4961 4962 /// \brief A using declaration. 4963 UPPC_UsingDeclaration, 4964 4965 /// \brief A friend declaration. 4966 UPPC_FriendDeclaration, 4967 4968 /// \brief A declaration qualifier. 4969 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier, 4970 4971 /// \brief An initializer. 4972 UPPC_Initializer, 4973 4974 /// \brief A default argument. 4975 UPPC_DefaultArgument, 4976 4977 /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter. 4978 UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType, 4979 4980 /// \brief The type of an exception. 4981 UPPC_ExceptionType, 4982 4983 /// \brief Partial specialization. 4984 UPPC_PartialSpecialization, 4985 4986 /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists. 4987 UPPC_IfExists, 4988 4989 /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists. 4990 UPPC_IfNotExists, 4991 4992 /// \brief Lambda expression. 4993 UPPC_Lambda, 4994 4995 /// \brief Block expression, 4996 UPPC_Block 4997}; 4998 4999 /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs. 5000 /// 5001 /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic. 5002 /// 5003 /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded 5004 /// parameter packs. 5005 /// 5006 /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs. 5007 void DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc, 5008 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC, 5009 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded); 5010 5011 /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5012 /// diagnose the error. 5013 /// 5014 /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted. 5015 /// 5016 /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter 5017 /// packs. 5018 /// 5019 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5020 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T, 5021 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5022 5023 /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter 5024 /// pack, diagnose the error. 5025 /// 5026 /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded 5027 /// parameter packs. 5028 /// 5029 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5030 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E, 5031 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression); 5032 5033 /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded 5034 /// parameter pack, diagnose the error. 5035 /// 5036 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for 5037 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5038 /// 5039 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5040 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5041 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5042 5043 /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5044 /// diagnose the error. 5045 /// 5046 /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that 5047 /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs. 5048 /// 5049 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5050 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5051 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5052 5053 /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5054 /// diagnose the error. 5055 /// 5056 /// \param Loc The location of the template name. 5057 /// 5058 /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded 5059 /// parameter packs. 5060 /// 5061 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5062 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, 5063 TemplateName Template, 5064 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5065 5066 /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter 5067 /// pack, diagnose the error. 5068 /// 5069 /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded 5070 /// parameter packs. 5071 /// 5072 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5073 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5074 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5075 5076 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5077 /// template argument. 5078 /// 5079 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5080 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5081 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg, 5082 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5083 5084 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5085 /// template argument. 5086 /// 5087 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5088 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5089 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5090 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5091 5092 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5093 /// type. 5094 /// 5095 /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find 5096 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5097 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T, 5098 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5099 5100 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5101 /// type. 5102 /// 5103 /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find 5104 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5105 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL, 5106 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5107 5108 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5109 /// nested-name-specifier. 5110 /// 5111 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find 5112 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5113 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5114 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5115 5116 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5117 /// name. 5118 /// 5119 /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find 5120 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5121 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5122 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5123 5124 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an 5125 /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion. 5126 /// 5127 /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which 5128 /// may already be invalid. 5129 /// 5130 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5131 ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg, 5132 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5133 5134 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which 5135 /// creates a pack expansion. 5136 /// 5137 /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5138 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5139 /// 5140 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5141 TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5142 5143 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5144 /// expansion. 5145 TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern, 5146 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5147 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5148 5149 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5150 /// expansion. 5151 QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern, 5152 SourceRange PatternRange, 5153 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5154 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5155 5156 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5157 /// creates a pack expansion. 5158 /// 5159 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5160 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5161 /// 5162 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5163 ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5164 5165 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5166 /// creates a pack expansion. 5167 /// 5168 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5169 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5170 /// 5171 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5172 ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5173 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5174 5175 /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the 5176 /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly 5177 /// transforming the pattern. 5178 /// 5179 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the 5180 /// pack expansion. 5181 /// 5182 /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of 5183 /// the pack expansion. 5184 /// 5185 /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the 5186 /// pattern. 5187 /// 5188 /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should 5189 /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When 5190 /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set. 5191 /// 5192 /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded 5193 /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used 5194 /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per 5195 /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9. 5196 /// 5197 /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in 5198 /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an 5199 /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the 5200 /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution) 5201 /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known. 5202 /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may 5203 /// set this value in other cases. 5204 /// 5205 /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs 5206 /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false 5207 /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions) 5208 /// must be set. 5209 bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5210 SourceRange PatternRange, 5211 llvm::ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded, 5212 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5213 bool &ShouldExpand, 5214 bool &RetainExpansion, 5215 llvm::Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions); 5216 5217 /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion 5218 /// type. 5219 /// 5220 /// This routine already assumes that the pack expansion type can be 5221 /// expanded and that the number of arguments in the expansion is 5222 /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern. 5223 unsigned getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T, 5224 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5225 5226 /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded 5227 /// parameter packs. 5228 /// 5229 /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators 5230 /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g., 5231 /// 5232 /// \code 5233 /// void f(T...); 5234 /// \endcode 5235 /// 5236 /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or 5237 /// a variadic function. 5238 /// 5239 /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs, 5240 /// false otherwise. 5241 bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D); 5242 5243 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5244 // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct]) 5245 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5246 5247 /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction. 5248 /// 5249 /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of 5250 /// template argument deduction, as returned from 5251 /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo 5252 /// structure provides additional information about the results of 5253 /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument 5254 /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or 5255 /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure. 5256 enum TemplateDeductionResult { 5257 /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful. 5258 TDK_Success = 0, 5259 /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template 5260 /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed). 5261 TDK_InstantiationDepth, 5262 /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value 5263 /// for every template parameter. 5264 TDK_Incomplete, 5265 /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent 5266 /// deduced values for the given template parameter. 5267 TDK_Inconsistent, 5268 /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent 5269 /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would 5270 /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T" 5271 /// but were given a non-const "X". 5272 TDK_Underqualified, 5273 /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values 5274 /// resulted in an error. 5275 TDK_SubstitutionFailure, 5276 /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values 5277 /// into a non-deduced context produced a type or value that 5278 /// produces a type that does not match the original template 5279 /// arguments provided. 5280 TDK_NonDeducedMismatch, 5281 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5282 /// template, there were too many call arguments. 5283 TDK_TooManyArguments, 5284 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5285 /// template, there were too few call arguments. 5286 TDK_TooFewArguments, 5287 /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid 5288 /// template arguments for the given template. 5289 TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments, 5290 /// \brief The arguments included an overloaded function name that could 5291 /// not be resolved to a suitable function. 5292 TDK_FailedOverloadResolution 5293 }; 5294 5295 TemplateDeductionResult 5296 DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial, 5297 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5298 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5299 5300 TemplateDeductionResult 5301 SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5302 TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5303 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5304 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 5305 QualType *FunctionType, 5306 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5307 5308 /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument 5309 // deduction for a call. 5310 struct OriginalCallArg { 5311 OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType, 5312 unsigned ArgIdx, 5313 QualType OriginalArgType) 5314 : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), ArgIdx(ArgIdx), 5315 OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) { } 5316 5317 QualType OriginalParamType; 5318 unsigned ArgIdx; 5319 QualType OriginalArgType; 5320 }; 5321 5322 TemplateDeductionResult 5323 FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5324 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5325 unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified, 5326 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5327 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, 5328 SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = 0); 5329 5330 TemplateDeductionResult 5331 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5332 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5333 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 5334 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5335 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5336 5337 TemplateDeductionResult 5338 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5339 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5340 QualType ArgFunctionType, 5341 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5342 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5343 5344 TemplateDeductionResult 5345 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5346 QualType ToType, 5347 CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization, 5348 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5349 5350 TemplateDeductionResult 5351 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5352 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5353 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5354 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5355 5356 /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType. 5357 enum DeduceAutoResult { 5358 DAR_Succeeded, 5359 DAR_Failed, 5360 DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed 5361 }; 5362 5363 DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer, 5364 TypeSourceInfo *&Result); 5365 void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init); 5366 5367 FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1, 5368 FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2, 5369 SourceLocation Loc, 5370 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5371 unsigned NumCallArguments); 5372 UnresolvedSetIterator getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin, 5373 UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd, 5374 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5375 unsigned NumCallArguments, 5376 SourceLocation Loc, 5377 const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag, 5378 const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag, 5379 const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag, 5380 bool Complain = true, 5381 QualType TargetType = QualType()); 5382 5383 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl * 5384 getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization( 5385 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1, 5386 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, 5387 SourceLocation Loc); 5388 5389 void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5390 bool OnlyDeduced, 5391 unsigned Depth, 5392 llvm::SmallBitVector &Used); 5393 void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5394 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) { 5395 return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced); 5396 } 5397 static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx, 5398 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5399 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced); 5400 5401 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5402 // C++ Template Instantiation 5403 // 5404 5405 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D, 5406 const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = 0, 5407 bool RelativeToPrimary = false, 5408 const FunctionDecl *Pattern = 0); 5409 5410 /// \brief A template instantiation that is currently in progress. 5411 struct ActiveTemplateInstantiation { 5412 /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing 5413 enum InstantiationKind { 5414 /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is 5415 /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl). 5416 TemplateInstantiation, 5417 5418 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template 5419 /// parameter. The Entity is the template, and 5420 /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provides the template 5421 /// arguments as specified. 5422 /// FIXME: Use a TemplateArgumentList 5423 DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation, 5424 5425 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function. 5426 /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs 5427 /// provides the template arguments as specified. 5428 DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation, 5429 5430 /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for 5431 /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5432 ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5433 5434 /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of 5435 /// template argument deduction for either a class template 5436 /// partial specialization or a function template. The 5437 /// Entity is either a ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or 5438 /// a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5439 DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5440 5441 /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new 5442 /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a 5443 /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl. 5444 PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5445 5446 /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that 5447 /// has been used when naming a template-id. 5448 DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking, 5449 5450 /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function 5451 /// template which was deferred until it was needed. 5452 ExceptionSpecInstantiation 5453 } Kind; 5454 5455 /// \brief The point of instantiation within the source code. 5456 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation; 5457 5458 /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are 5459 /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template 5460 /// arguments. 5461 NamedDecl *Template; 5462 5463 /// \brief The entity that is being instantiated. 5464 uintptr_t Entity; 5465 5466 /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they 5467 /// are not part of the entity. 5468 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs; 5469 5470 /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs. 5471 unsigned NumTemplateArgs; 5472 5473 /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the 5474 /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments. 5475 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo; 5476 5477 /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause 5478 /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class 5479 /// template instantiation. 5480 SourceRange InstantiationRange; 5481 5482 ActiveTemplateInstantiation() 5483 : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Template(0), Entity(0), TemplateArgs(0), 5484 NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(0) {} 5485 5486 /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation 5487 /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth. 5488 bool isInstantiationRecord() const; 5489 5490 friend bool operator==(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5491 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5492 if (X.Kind != Y.Kind) 5493 return false; 5494 5495 if (X.Entity != Y.Entity) 5496 return false; 5497 5498 switch (X.Kind) { 5499 case TemplateInstantiation: 5500 case ExceptionSpecInstantiation: 5501 return true; 5502 5503 case PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5504 case DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking: 5505 if (X.Template != Y.Template) 5506 return false; 5507 5508 // Fall through 5509 5510 case DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation: 5511 case ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5512 case DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5513 case DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation: 5514 return X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs; 5515 5516 } 5517 5518 llvm_unreachable("Invalid InstantiationKind!"); 5519 } 5520 5521 friend bool operator!=(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5522 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5523 return !(X == Y); 5524 } 5525 }; 5526 5527 /// \brief List of active template instantiations. 5528 /// 5529 /// This vector is treated as a stack. As one template instantiation 5530 /// requires another template instantiation, additional 5531 /// instantiations are pushed onto the stack up to a 5532 /// user-configurable limit LangOptions::InstantiationDepth. 5533 SmallVector<ActiveTemplateInstantiation, 16> 5534 ActiveTemplateInstantiations; 5535 5536 /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with 5537 /// template instantiation. 5538 /// 5539 /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside 5540 /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction. 5541 bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5542 5543 /// \brief The number of ActiveTemplateInstantiation entries in 5544 /// \c ActiveTemplateInstantiations that are not actual instantiations and, 5545 /// therefore, should not be counted as part of the instantiation depth. 5546 unsigned NonInstantiationEntries; 5547 5548 /// \brief The last template from which a template instantiation 5549 /// error or warning was produced. 5550 /// 5551 /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant template 5552 /// instantiation backtraces when there are multiple errors in the 5553 /// same instantiation. FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough 5554 /// to implement it anywhere else. 5555 ActiveTemplateInstantiation LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext; 5556 5557 /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be 5558 /// used for substitution of parameter packs. 5559 /// 5560 /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs 5561 /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies 5562 /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution. 5563 int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex; 5564 5565 /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index 5566 /// within a \c Sema object. 5567 /// 5568 /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information. 5569 class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII { 5570 Sema &Self; 5571 int OldSubstitutionIndex; 5572 5573 public: 5574 ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex) 5575 : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) { 5576 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex; 5577 } 5578 5579 ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() { 5580 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex; 5581 } 5582 }; 5583 5584 friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII; 5585 5586 /// \brief The stack of calls expression undergoing template instantiation. 5587 /// 5588 /// The top of this stack is used by a fixit instantiating unresolved 5589 /// function calls to fix the AST to match the textual change it prints. 5590 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> CallsUndergoingInstantiation; 5591 5592 /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the 5593 /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument 5594 /// deduction. 5595 /// 5596 /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file. 5597 llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> > 5598 SuppressedDiagnostics; 5599 5600 /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template 5601 /// instantiation. 5602 /// 5603 /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate 5604 /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active 5605 /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum 5606 /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction 5607 /// produces an error and evaluates true. 5608 /// 5609 /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off 5610 /// the stack. 5611 struct InstantiatingTemplate { 5612 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template, 5613 /// function template, or a member thereof. 5614 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5615 Decl *Entity, 5616 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5617 5618 struct ExceptionSpecification {}; 5619 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification 5620 /// of a function template. 5621 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5622 FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification, 5623 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5624 5625 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 5626 /// template-id. 5627 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5628 TemplateDecl *Template, 5629 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5630 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5631 5632 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 5633 /// template-id. 5634 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5635 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5636 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5637 ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind, 5638 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 5639 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5640 5641 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template 5642 /// argument deduction for a class template partial 5643 /// specialization. 5644 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5645 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec, 5646 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5647 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 5648 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5649 5650 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5651 ParmVarDecl *Param, 5652 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5653 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5654 5655 /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a 5656 /// non-type or template template parameter. 5657 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5658 NamedDecl *Template, 5659 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5660 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5661 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5662 5663 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5664 NamedDecl *Template, 5665 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5666 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5667 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5668 5669 /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument 5670 /// against the template parameter for a given template-id. 5671 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5672 TemplateDecl *Template, 5673 NamedDecl *Param, 5674 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5675 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5676 5677 5678 /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template. 5679 void Clear(); 5680 5681 ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); } 5682 5683 /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum 5684 /// recursive template instantiations. 5685 operator bool() const { return Invalid; } 5686 5687 private: 5688 Sema &SemaRef; 5689 bool Invalid; 5690 bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5691 bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5692 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5693 5694 InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&); // not implemented 5695 5696 InstantiatingTemplate& 5697 operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&); // not implemented 5698 }; 5699 5700 void PrintInstantiationStack(); 5701 5702 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where 5703 /// template argument substitution failures are not considered 5704 /// errors. 5705 /// 5706 /// \returns An empty \c llvm::Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context. 5707 /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest 5708 /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture 5709 /// diagnostics that will be suppressed. 5710 llvm::Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const; 5711 5712 /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has 5713 /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument 5714 /// deduction.` 5715 class SFINAETrap { 5716 Sema &SemaRef; 5717 unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors; 5718 bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5719 bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 5720 5721 public: 5722 explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false) 5723 : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors), 5724 PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext( 5725 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext), 5726 PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE) 5727 { 5728 if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext()) 5729 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true; 5730 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE; 5731 } 5732 5733 ~SFINAETrap() { 5734 SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors; 5735 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext 5736 = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5737 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 5738 } 5739 5740 /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped. 5741 bool hasErrorOccurred() const { 5742 return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors; 5743 } 5744 }; 5745 5746 /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local 5747 /// variables. 5748 LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope; 5749 5750 /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo. 5751 unsigned TyposCorrected; 5752 5753 typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, TypoCorrection> 5754 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap; 5755 5756 /// \brief A cache containing the results of typo correction for unqualified 5757 /// name lookup. 5758 /// 5759 /// The string is the string that we corrected to (which may be empty, if 5760 /// there was no correction), while the boolean will be true when the 5761 /// string represents a keyword. 5762 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap UnqualifiedTyposCorrected; 5763 5764 /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings. 5765 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings; 5766 5767 /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required. 5768 /// 5769 /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in 5770 /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily 5771 /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the 5772 /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation), 5773 /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to, 5774 /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation. 5775 typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation; 5776 5777 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 5778 /// but have not yet been performed. 5779 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations; 5780 5781 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 5782 /// and must be performed within the current local scope. 5783 /// 5784 /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in 5785 /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their 5786 /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local 5787 /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc. 5788 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations; 5789 5790 void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false); 5791 5792 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 5793 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5794 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 5795 5796 QualType SubstType(QualType T, 5797 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5798 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 5799 5800 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL, 5801 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5802 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 5803 5804 TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 5805 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5806 SourceLocation Loc, 5807 DeclarationName Entity, 5808 CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext, 5809 unsigned ThisTypeQuals); 5810 ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D, 5811 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5812 int indexAdjustment, 5813 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions, 5814 bool ExpectParameterPack); 5815 bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc, 5816 ParmVarDecl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 5817 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5818 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 5819 SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams = 0); 5820 ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E, 5821 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5822 5823 /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of 5824 /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required. 5825 /// 5826 /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into. 5827 /// 5828 /// \param NumExprs The number of expressions in \p Exprs. 5829 /// 5830 /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case 5831 /// default arguments will be dropped. 5832 /// 5833 /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute. 5834 /// 5835 /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments. 5836 /// 5837 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5838 bool SubstExprs(Expr **Exprs, unsigned NumExprs, bool IsCall, 5839 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5840 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs); 5841 5842 StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S, 5843 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5844 5845 Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner, 5846 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5847 5848 ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E, 5849 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5850 bool CXXDirectInit); 5851 5852 bool 5853 SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 5854 CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 5855 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5856 5857 bool 5858 InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5859 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 5860 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5861 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 5862 bool Complain = true); 5863 5864 bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5865 EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern, 5866 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5867 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 5868 5869 struct LateInstantiatedAttribute { 5870 const Attr *TmplAttr; 5871 LocalInstantiationScope *Scope; 5872 Decl *NewDecl; 5873 5874 LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S, 5875 Decl *D) 5876 : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D) 5877 { } 5878 }; 5879 typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec; 5880 5881 void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5882 const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst, 5883 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = 0, 5884 LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = 0); 5885 5886 bool 5887 InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5888 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 5889 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 5890 bool Complain = true); 5891 5892 void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5893 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 5894 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5895 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 5896 5897 void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers( 5898 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5899 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 5900 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 5901 5902 NestedNameSpecifierLoc 5903 SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, 5904 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5905 5906 DeclarationNameInfo 5907 SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5908 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5909 TemplateName 5910 SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name, 5911 SourceLocation Loc, 5912 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5913 bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs, 5914 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result, 5915 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5916 5917 void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5918 FunctionDecl *Function); 5919 void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5920 FunctionDecl *Function, 5921 bool Recursive = false, 5922 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 5923 void InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition( 5924 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5925 VarDecl *Var, 5926 bool Recursive = false, 5927 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 5928 5929 void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New, 5930 const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl, 5931 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5932 5933 NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D, 5934 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5935 DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC, 5936 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5937 5938 // Objective-C declarations. 5939 enum ObjCContainerKind { 5940 OCK_None = -1, 5941 OCK_Interface = 0, 5942 OCK_Protocol, 5943 OCK_Category, 5944 OCK_ClassExtension, 5945 OCK_Implementation, 5946 OCK_CategoryImplementation 5947 }; 5948 ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const; 5949 5950 Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 5951 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 5952 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 5953 IdentifierInfo *SuperName, 5954 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 5955 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 5956 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 5957 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 5958 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 5959 AttributeList *AttrList); 5960 5961 Decl *ActOnCompatiblityAlias( 5962 SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc, 5963 IdentifierInfo *AliasName, SourceLocation AliasLocation, 5964 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation); 5965 5966 bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency( 5967 IdentifierInfo *PName, 5968 SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc, 5969 const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList); 5970 5971 Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface( 5972 SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc, 5973 IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc, 5974 Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs, 5975 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 5976 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 5977 AttributeList *AttrList); 5978 5979 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 5980 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 5981 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 5982 IdentifierInfo *CategoryName, 5983 SourceLocation CategoryLoc, 5984 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 5985 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 5986 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 5987 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc); 5988 5989 Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation( 5990 SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc, 5991 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc, 5992 IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname, 5993 SourceLocation SuperClassLoc); 5994 5995 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc, 5996 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 5997 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 5998 IdentifierInfo *CatName, 5999 SourceLocation CatLoc); 6000 6001 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 6002 ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls); 6003 6004 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc, 6005 IdentifierInfo **IdentList, 6006 SourceLocation *IdentLocs, 6007 unsigned NumElts); 6008 6009 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc, 6010 const IdentifierLocPair *IdentList, 6011 unsigned NumElts, 6012 AttributeList *attrList); 6013 6014 void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations, 6015 const IdentifierLocPair *ProtocolId, 6016 unsigned NumProtocols, 6017 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols); 6018 6019 /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type. 6020 /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will 6021 /// be modified to be consistent with \arg PropertyTy. 6022 void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy, 6023 SourceLocation Loc, 6024 unsigned &Attributes, 6025 bool propertyInPrimaryClass); 6026 6027 /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the 6028 /// setters and getters as needed. 6029 /// \param property The property declaration being processed 6030 /// \param CD The semantic container for the property 6031 /// \param redeclaredProperty Declaration for property if redeclared 6032 /// in class extension. 6033 /// \param lexicalDC Container for redeclaredProperty. 6034 void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property, 6035 ObjCContainerDecl *CD, 6036 ObjCPropertyDecl *redeclaredProperty = 0, 6037 ObjCContainerDecl *lexicalDC = 0); 6038 6039 6040 void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property, 6041 ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty, 6042 const IdentifierInfo *Name); 6043 void ComparePropertiesInBaseAndSuper(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 6044 6045 6046 void CompareProperties(Decl *CDecl, Decl *MergeProtocols); 6047 6048 void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT, 6049 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID); 6050 6051 void MatchOneProtocolPropertiesInClass(Decl *CDecl, 6052 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl); 6053 6054 Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd, 6055 Decl **allMethods = 0, unsigned allNum = 0, 6056 Decl **allProperties = 0, unsigned pNum = 0, 6057 DeclGroupPtrTy *allTUVars = 0, unsigned tuvNum = 0); 6058 6059 Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc, 6060 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6061 FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS, 6062 Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel, 6063 bool *OverridingProperty, 6064 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6065 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 6066 6067 Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S, 6068 SourceLocation AtLoc, 6069 SourceLocation PropertyLoc, 6070 bool ImplKind, 6071 IdentifierInfo *PropertyId, 6072 IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar, 6073 SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc); 6074 6075 enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind { 6076 OSMK_None, 6077 OSMK_Alloc, 6078 OSMK_New, 6079 OSMK_Copy, 6080 OSMK_RetainingInit, 6081 OSMK_NonRetainingInit 6082 }; 6083 6084 struct ObjCArgInfo { 6085 IdentifierInfo *Name; 6086 SourceLocation NameLoc; 6087 // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid 6088 // in this case. 6089 ParsedType Type; 6090 ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec; 6091 6092 /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument. 6093 AttributeList *ArgAttrs; 6094 }; 6095 6096 Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration( 6097 Scope *S, 6098 SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -. 6099 SourceLocation EndLoc, // location of the ; or {. 6100 tok::TokenKind MethodType, 6101 ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType, 6102 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel, 6103 // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained 6104 // from the Sel.getNumArgs(). 6105 ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo, 6106 DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args 6107 AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6108 bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition); 6109 6110 // Helper method for ActOnClassMethod/ActOnInstanceMethod. 6111 // Will search "local" class/category implementations for a method decl. 6112 // Will also search in class's root looking for instance method. 6113 // Returns 0 if no method is found. 6114 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupPrivateClassMethod(Selector Sel, 6115 ObjCInterfaceDecl *CDecl); 6116 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupPrivateInstanceMethod(Selector Sel, 6117 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDecl); 6118 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel, 6119 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6120 bool IsInstance); 6121 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty, 6122 bool IsInstance); 6123 6124 bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl); 6125 6126 ExprResult 6127 HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6128 Expr *BaseExpr, 6129 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6130 DeclarationName MemberName, 6131 SourceLocation MemberLoc, 6132 SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType, 6133 bool Super); 6134 6135 ExprResult 6136 ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName, 6137 IdentifierInfo &propertyName, 6138 SourceLocation receiverNameLoc, 6139 SourceLocation propertyNameLoc); 6140 6141 ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc); 6142 6143 /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message 6144 /// send that starts with an identifier. 6145 enum ObjCMessageKind { 6146 /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'. 6147 ObjCSuperMessage, 6148 /// \brief The message is an instance message. 6149 ObjCInstanceMessage, 6150 /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type 6151 /// name. 6152 ObjCClassMessage 6153 }; 6154 6155 ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S, 6156 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6157 SourceLocation NameLoc, 6158 bool IsSuper, 6159 bool HasTrailingDot, 6160 ParsedType &ReceiverType); 6161 6162 ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6163 Selector Sel, 6164 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6165 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6166 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6167 MultiExprArg Args); 6168 6169 ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo, 6170 QualType ReceiverType, 6171 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6172 Selector Sel, 6173 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6174 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6175 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6176 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6177 MultiExprArg Args, 6178 bool isImplicit = false); 6179 6180 ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType, 6181 bool isSuperReceiver, 6182 SourceLocation Loc, 6183 Selector Sel, 6184 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6185 MultiExprArg Args); 6186 6187 ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S, 6188 ParsedType Receiver, 6189 Selector Sel, 6190 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6191 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6192 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6193 MultiExprArg Args); 6194 6195 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver, 6196 QualType ReceiverType, 6197 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6198 Selector Sel, 6199 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6200 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6201 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6202 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6203 MultiExprArg Args, 6204 bool isImplicit = false); 6205 6206 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver, 6207 QualType ReceiverType, 6208 SourceLocation Loc, 6209 Selector Sel, 6210 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6211 MultiExprArg Args); 6212 6213 ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S, 6214 Expr *Receiver, 6215 Selector Sel, 6216 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6217 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6218 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6219 MultiExprArg Args); 6220 6221 ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6222 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6223 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6224 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 6225 Expr *SubExpr); 6226 6227 ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S, 6228 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6229 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6230 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6231 ParsedType Type, 6232 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 6233 Expr *SubExpr); 6234 6235 bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall); 6236 6237 /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the 6238 /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited. 6239 void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod, 6240 const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden, 6241 bool IsImplementation); 6242 6243 /// \brief Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method. 6244 enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind { 6245 RTC_Compatible, 6246 RTC_Incompatible, 6247 RTC_Unknown 6248 }; 6249 6250 void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod, 6251 ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass, 6252 ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC); 6253 6254 enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind { 6255 POAK_Native, // #pragma options align=native 6256 POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural 6257 POAK_Packed, // #pragma options align=packed 6258 POAK_Power, // #pragma options align=power 6259 POAK_Mac68k, // #pragma options align=mac68k 6260 POAK_Reset // #pragma options align=reset 6261 }; 6262 6263 /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align. 6264 void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind, 6265 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6266 SourceLocation KindLoc); 6267 6268 enum PragmaPackKind { 6269 PPK_Default, // #pragma pack([n]) 6270 PPK_Show, // #pragma pack(show), only supported by MSVC. 6271 PPK_Push, // #pragma pack(push, [identifier], [n]) 6272 PPK_Pop // #pragma pack(pop, [identifier], [n]) 6273 }; 6274 6275 enum PragmaMSStructKind { 6276 PMSST_OFF, // #pragms ms_struct off 6277 PMSST_ON // #pragms ms_struct on 6278 }; 6279 6280 /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...). 6281 void ActOnPragmaPack(PragmaPackKind Kind, 6282 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6283 Expr *Alignment, 6284 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6285 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6286 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 6287 6288 /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off]. 6289 void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind); 6290 6291 /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'. 6292 void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier, 6293 Scope *curScope, 6294 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6295 6296 /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... . 6297 void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType, 6298 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6299 6300 NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II, 6301 SourceLocation Loc); 6302 void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W); 6303 6304 /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident. 6305 void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6306 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6307 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc); 6308 6309 /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed 6310 /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname. 6311 void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6312 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6313 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6314 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6315 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6316 6317 /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident. 6318 void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6319 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6320 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6321 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6322 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6323 6324 /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed 6325 /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT 6326 void ActOnPragmaFPContract(tok::OnOffSwitch OOS); 6327 6328 /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to 6329 /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'. 6330 void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6331 6332 /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record. 6333 void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6334 6335 /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext. 6336 void FreePackedContext(); 6337 6338 /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a 6339 /// namespace with a visibility attribute. 6340 void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr, 6341 SourceLocation Loc); 6342 6343 /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used, 6344 /// add an appropriate visibility attribute. 6345 void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD); 6346 6347 /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used 6348 /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces. 6349 void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc); 6350 6351 /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext. 6352 void FreeVisContext(); 6353 6354 /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within 6355 /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding 6356 /// the appropriate attribute. 6357 void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D); 6358 6359 /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration. 6360 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E, 6361 bool isDeclSpec); 6362 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T, 6363 bool isDeclSpec); 6364 6365 /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed. 6366 enum CheckedConversionKind { 6367 /// \brief An implicit conversion. 6368 CCK_ImplicitConversion, 6369 /// \brief A C-style cast. 6370 CCK_CStyleCast, 6371 /// \brief A functional-style cast. 6372 CCK_FunctionalCast, 6373 /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast. 6374 CCK_OtherCast 6375 }; 6376 6377 /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit 6378 /// cast. If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one. 6379 /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue. 6380 ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK, 6381 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue, 6382 const CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 6383 CheckedConversionKind CCK 6384 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 6385 6386 /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding 6387 /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type. 6388 static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy); 6389 6390 /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is 6391 /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are 6392 /// required. 6393 ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E); 6394 6395 // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts 6396 // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 6397 ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E); 6398 6399 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays 6400 // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 6401 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E); 6402 6403 // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and 6404 // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the 6405 // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion. 6406 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 6407 6408 // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on 6409 // the operand. This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, 6410 // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array 6411 // type. 6412 ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 6413 6414 // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that 6415 // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each 6416 // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double. 6417 ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E); 6418 6419 // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion 6420 enum VariadicCallType { 6421 VariadicFunction, 6422 VariadicBlock, 6423 VariadicMethod, 6424 VariadicConstructor, 6425 VariadicDoesNotApply 6426 }; 6427 6428 VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl, 6429 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 6430 Expr *Fn); 6431 6432 // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a 6433 // vararg function. 6434 enum VarArgKind { 6435 VAK_Valid, 6436 VAK_ValidInCXX11, 6437 VAK_Invalid 6438 }; 6439 6440 // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression. 6441 VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty); 6442 6443 /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various 6444 /// form of call prototypes. 6445 bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, 6446 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 6447 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 6448 unsigned FirstProtoArg, 6449 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 6450 SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs, 6451 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply, 6452 bool AllowExplicit = false); 6453 6454 // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but 6455 // will return ExprError() if the resulting type is not a POD type. 6456 ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT, 6457 FunctionDecl *FDecl); 6458 6459 /// Checks to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic 6460 /// function, issuing a diagnostic and returning NULL if not. 6461 bool variadicArgumentPODCheck(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT); 6462 6463 // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's 6464 // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary 6465 // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this 6466 // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is 6467 // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics. 6468 QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6469 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6470 6471 /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this 6472 /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed. These checks are 6473 /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from 6474 /// function, argument passing, etc. The query is phrased in terms of a 6475 /// source and destination type. 6476 enum AssignConvertType { 6477 /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard. 6478 Compatible, 6479 6480 /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we 6481 /// accept as an extension. 6482 PointerToInt, 6483 6484 /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we 6485 /// accept as an extension. 6486 IntToPointer, 6487 6488 /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and 6489 /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension. 6490 FunctionVoidPointer, 6491 6492 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that 6493 /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension. 6494 IncompatiblePointer, 6495 6496 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types which 6497 /// point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise 6498 /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by 6499 /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers. 6500 IncompatiblePointerSign, 6501 6502 /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards 6503 /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension. 6504 CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 6505 6506 /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment 6507 /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded, 6508 /// like address spaces. 6509 IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 6510 6511 /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two 6512 /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two 6513 /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an 6514 /// extension. 6515 IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers, 6516 6517 /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that 6518 /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension. 6519 IncompatibleVectors, 6520 6521 /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block 6522 /// pointer. We disallow this. 6523 IntToBlockPointer, 6524 6525 /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block 6526 /// pointers types that are not compatible. 6527 IncompatibleBlockPointer, 6528 6529 /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified 6530 /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example, 6531 /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol. 6532 IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId, 6533 6534 /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an 6535 /// object with __weak qualifier. 6536 IncompatibleObjCWeakRef, 6537 6538 /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to 6539 /// represent it in the AST. 6540 Incompatible 6541 }; 6542 6543 /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the 6544 /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy. This returns true if the 6545 /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted. 6546 bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy, 6547 SourceLocation Loc, 6548 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 6549 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action, 6550 bool *Complained = 0); 6551 6552 /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant 6553 /// integer not in the range of enum values. 6554 void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 6555 Expr *SrcExpr); 6556 6557 /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment, 6558 /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values. 6559 /// C99 6.5.16. 6560 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc, 6561 QualType LHSType, 6562 QualType RHSType); 6563 6564 /// Check assignment constraints and prepare for a conversion of the 6565 /// RHS to the LHS type. 6566 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 6567 ExprResult &RHS, 6568 CastKind &Kind); 6569 6570 // CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints - Currently used by 6571 // CheckAssignmentOperands, and ActOnReturnStmt. Prior to type checking, 6572 // this routine performs the default function/array converions. 6573 AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 6574 ExprResult &RHS, 6575 bool Diagnose = true); 6576 6577 // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we 6578 // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression. 6579 AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, 6580 ExprResult &RHS); 6581 6582 bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 6583 6584 bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 6585 6586 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6587 AssignmentAction Action, 6588 bool AllowExplicit = false); 6589 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6590 AssignmentAction Action, 6591 bool AllowExplicit, 6592 ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS); 6593 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6594 const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS, 6595 AssignmentAction Action, 6596 CheckedConversionKind CCK 6597 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 6598 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6599 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS, 6600 AssignmentAction Action, 6601 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 6602 6603 /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType 6604 /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued). 6605 6606 /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp). 6607 QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS, 6608 ExprResult &RHS); 6609 QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5 6610 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK, 6611 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect); 6612 QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5 6613 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign, 6614 bool IsDivide); 6615 QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5 6616 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6617 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6618 QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 6619 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 6620 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 6621 QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 6622 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6623 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 6624 QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7 6625 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 6626 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6627 QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9 6628 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned OpaqueOpc, 6629 bool isRelational); 6630 QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12] 6631 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6632 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6633 QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14] 6634 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc); 6635 // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment. 6636 // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type. 6637 // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type. 6638 QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2] 6639 Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType); 6640 6641 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 6642 UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op); 6643 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 6644 BinaryOperatorKind Opcode, 6645 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 6646 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E); 6647 Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E); 6648 6649 QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15 6650 ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6651 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6652 QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16 6653 ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs, 6654 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc); 6655 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2, 6656 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0); 6657 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, 6658 ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2, 6659 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0) { 6660 Expr *E1Tmp = E1.take(), *E2Tmp = E2.take(); 6661 QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp, 6662 NonStandardCompositeType); 6663 E1 = Owned(E1Tmp); 6664 E2 = Owned(E2Tmp); 6665 return Composite; 6666 } 6667 6668 QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6669 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6670 6671 bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr, 6672 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6673 6674 /// type checking for vector binary operators. 6675 QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6676 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign); 6677 QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V); 6678 QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6679 SourceLocation Loc, bool isRelational); 6680 QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6681 SourceLocation Loc); 6682 6683 /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8) 6684 bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t); 6685 6686 // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]). 6687 6688 /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two 6689 /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the 6690 /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4). 6691 enum ReferenceCompareResult { 6692 /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct 6693 /// reference binding is not possible. 6694 Ref_Incompatible = 0, 6695 /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means 6696 /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same 6697 /// or T1 is a base class of T2. 6698 Ref_Related, 6699 /// Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification - The two types are 6700 /// reference-compatible with added qualification, meaning that 6701 /// they are reference-compatible and the qualifiers on T1 (cv1) 6702 /// are greater than the qualifiers on T2 (cv2). 6703 Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification, 6704 /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible and 6705 /// have equivalent qualifiers (cv1 == cv2). 6706 Ref_Compatible 6707 }; 6708 6709 ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc, 6710 QualType T1, QualType T2, 6711 bool &DerivedToBase, 6712 bool &ObjCConversion, 6713 bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 6714 6715 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType, 6716 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind, 6717 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path); 6718 6719 /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the 6720 /// given type. 6721 ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType); 6722 6723 // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors. 6724 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 6725 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size. 6726 // returns true if the cast is invalid 6727 bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty, 6728 CastKind &Kind); 6729 6730 // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors. 6731 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 6732 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size, 6733 // or vectors and the element type of that vector. 6734 // returns the cast expr 6735 ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr, 6736 CastKind &Kind); 6737 6738 ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6739 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6740 Expr *CastExpr, 6741 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 6742 6743 enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged }; 6744 6745 /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between 6746 /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds. 6747 ARCConversionResult CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange castRange, 6748 QualType castType, Expr *&op, 6749 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 6750 6751 Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 6752 void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 6753 6754 bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType, 6755 QualType ExprType); 6756 6757 /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send 6758 /// might create an obvious retain cycle. 6759 void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg); 6760 void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument); 6761 6762 /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 6763 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type. 6764 bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS); 6765 6766 /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 6767 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression. 6768 void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 6769 6770 /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send. 6771 /// \param Method - May be null. 6772 /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send. 6773 /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types. 6774 bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType, 6775 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, Selector Sel, 6776 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage, 6777 bool isSuperMessage, 6778 SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac, 6779 QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK); 6780 6781 /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on 6782 /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message, 6783 /// and the form of the message send. 6784 QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType, 6785 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6786 bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage); 6787 6788 /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method 6789 /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened. 6790 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E); 6791 6792 /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of 6793 /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if 6794 /// statement). Also performs the standard function and array 6795 /// decays, possibly changing the input variable. 6796 /// 6797 /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the 6798 /// 'if' keyword. 6799 /// \return true iff there were any errors 6800 ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 6801 6802 ExprResult ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, 6803 Expr *SubExpr); 6804 6805 /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is 6806 /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment. 6807 void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E); 6808 6809 /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate 6810 /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition. 6811 void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE); 6812 6813 /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid. 6814 ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr); 6815 6816 /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have 6817 /// the specified width and sign. If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit 6818 /// the specified diagnostic. 6819 void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal, 6820 unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign, 6821 SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID); 6822 6823 /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope. 6824 /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared 6825 /// in the global scope. 6826 bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D); 6827 6828 /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant 6829 /// expression violations. 6830 class VerifyICEDiagnoser { 6831 public: 6832 bool Suppress; 6833 6834 VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { } 6835 6836 virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0; 6837 virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR); 6838 virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { } 6839 }; 6840 6841 /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE, 6842 /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success. 6843 /// Can optionally return the value of the expression. 6844 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 6845 VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser, 6846 bool AllowFold = true); 6847 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 6848 unsigned DiagID, 6849 bool AllowFold = true); 6850 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result=0); 6851 6852 /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has 6853 /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid. 6854 /// Returns false on success. 6855 /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0 6856 ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 6857 QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth, 6858 bool *ZeroWidth = 0); 6859 6860 enum CUDAFunctionTarget { 6861 CFT_Device, 6862 CFT_Global, 6863 CFT_Host, 6864 CFT_HostDevice 6865 }; 6866 6867 CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D); 6868 6869 bool CheckCUDATarget(CUDAFunctionTarget CallerTarget, 6870 CUDAFunctionTarget CalleeTarget); 6871 6872 bool CheckCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *Caller, const FunctionDecl *Callee) { 6873 return CheckCUDATarget(IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller), 6874 IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee)); 6875 } 6876 6877 /// \name Code completion 6878 //@{ 6879 /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs. 6880 enum ParserCompletionContext { 6881 /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context. 6882 PCC_Namespace, 6883 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union. 6884 PCC_Class, 6885 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol, 6886 /// or category. 6887 PCC_ObjCInterface, 6888 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or 6889 /// category implementation 6890 PCC_ObjCImplementation, 6891 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables 6892 /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation. 6893 PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList, 6894 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 6895 /// headers. 6896 PCC_Template, 6897 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 6898 /// headers within a class. 6899 PCC_MemberTemplate, 6900 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression. 6901 PCC_Expression, 6902 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may 6903 /// also be an expression or a declaration. 6904 PCC_Statement, 6905 /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the 6906 /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop. 6907 PCC_ForInit, 6908 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if, 6909 /// while, switch, or for statement. 6910 PCC_Condition, 6911 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a 6912 /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position 6913 /// in the grammar. 6914 PCC_RecoveryInFunction, 6915 /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted. 6916 PCC_Type, 6917 /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which 6918 /// might also be a type cast. 6919 PCC_ParenthesizedExpression, 6920 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration 6921 /// specifiers within a function, method, or block. 6922 PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers 6923 }; 6924 6925 void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path); 6926 void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S, 6927 ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext); 6928 void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 6929 bool AllowNonIdentifiers, 6930 bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers); 6931 6932 struct CodeCompleteExpressionData; 6933 void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S, 6934 const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data); 6935 void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 6936 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6937 bool IsArrow); 6938 void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS); 6939 void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec); 6940 void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS); 6941 void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S); 6942 void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args); 6943 void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D); 6944 void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S); 6945 void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S); 6946 void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS); 6947 6948 void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 6949 bool EnteringContext); 6950 void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S); 6951 void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S); 6952 void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S); 6953 void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S); 6954 void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S); 6955 void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer(Decl *Constructor, 6956 CXXCtorInitializer** Initializers, 6957 unsigned NumInitializers); 6958 void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 6959 bool AfterAmpersand); 6960 6961 void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S); 6962 void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S); 6963 void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S); 6964 void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S); 6965 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS); 6966 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S); 6967 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S); 6968 void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS, 6969 bool IsParameter); 6970 void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S); 6971 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6972 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 6973 unsigned NumSelIdents, 6974 bool AtArgumentExpression); 6975 void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver, 6976 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 6977 unsigned NumSelIdents, 6978 bool AtArgumentExpression, 6979 bool IsSuper = false); 6980 void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver, 6981 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 6982 unsigned NumSelIdents, 6983 bool AtArgumentExpression, 6984 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = 0); 6985 void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S, 6986 DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar); 6987 void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S, 6988 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 6989 unsigned NumSelIdents); 6990 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(IdentifierLocPair *Protocols, 6991 unsigned NumProtocols); 6992 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S); 6993 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S); 6994 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S, 6995 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6996 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 6997 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S); 6998 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S, 6999 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7000 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7001 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S, 7002 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7003 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7004 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S); 7005 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S, 7006 IdentifierInfo *PropertyName); 7007 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S, 7008 bool IsInstanceMethod, 7009 ParsedType ReturnType); 7010 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S, 7011 bool IsInstanceMethod, 7012 bool AtParameterName, 7013 ParsedType ReturnType, 7014 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7015 unsigned NumSelIdents); 7016 void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional); 7017 void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S); 7018 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition); 7019 void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression(); 7020 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S, 7021 IdentifierInfo *Macro, 7022 MacroInfo *MacroInfo, 7023 unsigned Argument); 7024 void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage(); 7025 void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, 7026 CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo, 7027 SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results); 7028 //@} 7029 7030 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7031 // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system 7032 7033public: 7034 SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL, 7035 unsigned ByteNo) const; 7036 7037private: 7038 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr, 7039 const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=0, 7040 bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false); 7041 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E); 7042 // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a 7043 // FunctionDeclaration. 7044 struct FormatStringInfo { 7045 unsigned FormatIdx; 7046 unsigned FirstDataArg; 7047 bool HasVAListArg; 7048 }; 7049 7050 bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember, 7051 FormatStringInfo *FSI); 7052 bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, 7053 const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7054 bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc, 7055 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs); 7056 bool CheckBlockCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, 7057 const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7058 void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, 7059 Expr **Args, 7060 unsigned NumArgs, 7061 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 7062 SourceLocation Loc); 7063 7064 void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 7065 unsigned NumProtoArgs, bool IsMemberFunction, 7066 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 7067 VariadicCallType CallType); 7068 7069 7070 bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg); 7071 7072 ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7073 bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7074 bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7075 7076 bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall); 7077 bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall); 7078 bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs); 7079 7080public: 7081 // Used by C++ template instantiation. 7082 ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall); 7083 7084private: 7085 bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall); 7086 bool SemaBuiltinObjectSize(CallExpr *TheCall); 7087 bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall); 7088 ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult); 7089 ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult, 7090 AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op); 7091 bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, 7092 llvm::APSInt &Result); 7093 7094 enum FormatStringType { 7095 FST_Scanf, 7096 FST_Printf, 7097 FST_NSString, 7098 FST_Strftime, 7099 FST_Strfmon, 7100 FST_Kprintf, 7101 FST_Unknown 7102 }; 7103 static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format); 7104 7105 enum StringLiteralCheckType { 7106 SLCT_NotALiteral, 7107 SLCT_UncheckedLiteral, 7108 SLCT_CheckedLiteral 7109 }; 7110 7111 StringLiteralCheckType checkFormatStringExpr(const Expr *E, 7112 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 7113 bool HasVAListArg, 7114 unsigned format_idx, 7115 unsigned firstDataArg, 7116 FormatStringType Type, 7117 bool inFunctionCall = true); 7118 7119 void CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr, const Expr *OrigFormatExpr, 7120 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, bool HasVAListArg, 7121 unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg, 7122 FormatStringType Type, bool inFunctionCall); 7123 7124 bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format, CallExpr *TheCall); 7125 bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format, Expr **Args, 7126 unsigned NumArgs, bool IsCXXMember, 7127 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range); 7128 bool CheckFormatArguments(Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 7129 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx, 7130 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type, 7131 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range); 7132 7133 void CheckNonNullArguments(const NonNullAttr *NonNull, 7134 const Expr * const *ExprArgs, 7135 SourceLocation CallSiteLoc); 7136 7137 void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7138 unsigned BId, 7139 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7140 7141 void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7142 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7143 7144 void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7145 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7146 7147 void CheckReturnStackAddr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType, 7148 SourceLocation ReturnLoc); 7149 void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr* RHS); 7150 void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation()); 7151 7152 void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field, 7153 Expr *Init); 7154 7155 /// \brief The parser's current scope. 7156 /// 7157 /// The parser maintains this state here. 7158 Scope *CurScope; 7159 7160protected: 7161 friend class Parser; 7162 friend class InitializationSequence; 7163 friend class ASTReader; 7164 friend class ASTWriter; 7165 7166public: 7167 /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope. 7168 /// 7169 /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis 7170 /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case 7171 /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation. 7172 /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser 7173 /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from 7174 /// template substitution or instantiation. 7175 Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; } 7176 7177 Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const; 7178 7179 DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const { 7180 return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext; 7181 } 7182 7183 AvailabilityResult getCurContextAvailability() const; 7184}; 7185 7186/// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context. 7187class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext { 7188 Sema &Actions; 7189 7190public: 7191 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, 7192 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 7193 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 7194 bool IsDecltype = false) 7195 : Actions(Actions) { 7196 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl, 7197 IsDecltype); 7198 } 7199 7200 ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() { 7201 Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 7202 } 7203}; 7204 7205} // end namespace clang 7206 7207#endif 7208